LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/access/transam - xlogrecovery.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC LBC UBC GBC GIC GNC CBC DUB DCB
Current: Differential Code Coverage 16@8cea358b128 vs 17@8cea358b128 Lines: 87.9 % 1426 1253 7 166 6 1 18 1228 4 13
Current Date: 2024-04-14 14:21:10 Functions: 97.1 % 69 67 2 1 5 61
Baseline: 16@8cea358b128 Branches: 65.1 % 1213 790 27 1 395 4 19 767
Baseline Date: 2024-04-14 14:21:09 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines: hit not hit | Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed [..60] days: 100.0 % 1 1 1
(60,120] days: 75.0 % 8 6 1 1 1 5
(120,180] days: 72.7 % 22 16 6 16
(240..) days: 88.2 % 1395 1230 165 6 1 1223
Function coverage date bins:
(240..) days: 97.1 % 69 67 2 1 5 61
Branch coverage date bins:
(60,120] days: 33.3 % 12 4 3 5 1 3
(120,180] days: 42.9 % 42 18 24 18
(240..) days: 66.3 % 1159 768 1 390 4 764

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  *
                                  3                 :                :  * xlogrecovery.c
                                  4                 :                :  *      Functions for WAL recovery, standby mode
                                  5                 :                :  *
                                  6                 :                :  * This source file contains functions controlling WAL recovery.
                                  7                 :                :  * InitWalRecovery() initializes the system for crash or archive recovery,
                                  8                 :                :  * or standby mode, depending on configuration options and the state of
                                  9                 :                :  * the control file and possible backup label file.  PerformWalRecovery()
                                 10                 :                :  * performs the actual WAL replay, calling the rmgr-specific redo routines.
                                 11                 :                :  * FinishWalRecovery() performs end-of-recovery checks and cleanup actions,
                                 12                 :                :  * and prepares information needed to initialize the WAL for writes.  In
                                 13                 :                :  * addition to these three main functions, there are a bunch of functions
                                 14                 :                :  * for interrogating recovery state and controlling the recovery process.
                                 15                 :                :  *
                                 16                 :                :  *
                                 17                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2024, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                 18                 :                :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                 19                 :                :  *
                                 20                 :                :  * src/backend/access/transam/xlogrecovery.c
                                 21                 :                :  *
                                 22                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 23                 :                :  */
                                 24                 :                : 
                                 25                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                 26                 :                : 
                                 27                 :                : #include <ctype.h>
                                 28                 :                : #include <math.h>
                                 29                 :                : #include <time.h>
                                 30                 :                : #include <sys/stat.h>
                                 31                 :                : #include <sys/time.h>
                                 32                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                 33                 :                : 
                                 34                 :                : #include "access/timeline.h"
                                 35                 :                : #include "access/transam.h"
                                 36                 :                : #include "access/xact.h"
                                 37                 :                : #include "access/xlog_internal.h"
                                 38                 :                : #include "access/xlogarchive.h"
                                 39                 :                : #include "access/xlogprefetcher.h"
                                 40                 :                : #include "access/xlogreader.h"
                                 41                 :                : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
                                 42                 :                : #include "access/xlogutils.h"
                                 43                 :                : #include "backup/basebackup.h"
                                 44                 :                : #include "catalog/pg_control.h"
                                 45                 :                : #include "commands/tablespace.h"
                                 46                 :                : #include "common/file_utils.h"
                                 47                 :                : #include "miscadmin.h"
                                 48                 :                : #include "pgstat.h"
                                 49                 :                : #include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
                                 50                 :                : #include "postmaster/startup.h"
                                 51                 :                : #include "replication/slot.h"
                                 52                 :                : #include "replication/slotsync.h"
                                 53                 :                : #include "replication/walreceiver.h"
                                 54                 :                : #include "storage/fd.h"
                                 55                 :                : #include "storage/ipc.h"
                                 56                 :                : #include "storage/latch.h"
                                 57                 :                : #include "storage/pmsignal.h"
                                 58                 :                : #include "storage/procarray.h"
                                 59                 :                : #include "storage/spin.h"
                                 60                 :                : #include "utils/datetime.h"
                                 61                 :                : #include "utils/fmgrprotos.h"
                                 62                 :                : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
                                 63                 :                : #include "utils/pg_lsn.h"
                                 64                 :                : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
                                 65                 :                : #include "utils/pg_rusage.h"
                                 66                 :                : 
                                 67                 :                : /* Unsupported old recovery command file names (relative to $PGDATA) */
                                 68                 :                : #define RECOVERY_COMMAND_FILE   "recovery.conf"
                                 69                 :                : #define RECOVERY_COMMAND_DONE   "recovery.done"
                                 70                 :                : 
                                 71                 :                : /*
                                 72                 :                :  * GUC support
                                 73                 :                :  */
                                 74                 :                : const struct config_enum_entry recovery_target_action_options[] = {
                                 75                 :                :     {"pause", RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PAUSE, false},
                                 76                 :                :     {"promote", RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PROMOTE, false},
                                 77                 :                :     {"shutdown", RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_SHUTDOWN, false},
                                 78                 :                :     {NULL, 0, false}
                                 79                 :                : };
                                 80                 :                : 
                                 81                 :                : /* options formerly taken from recovery.conf for archive recovery */
                                 82                 :                : char       *recoveryRestoreCommand = NULL;
                                 83                 :                : char       *recoveryEndCommand = NULL;
                                 84                 :                : char       *archiveCleanupCommand = NULL;
                                 85                 :                : RecoveryTargetType recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                                 86                 :                : bool        recoveryTargetInclusive = true;
                                 87                 :                : int         recoveryTargetAction = RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PAUSE;
                                 88                 :                : TransactionId recoveryTargetXid;
                                 89                 :                : char       *recovery_target_time_string;
                                 90                 :                : TimestampTz recoveryTargetTime;
                                 91                 :                : const char *recoveryTargetName;
                                 92                 :                : XLogRecPtr  recoveryTargetLSN;
                                 93                 :                : int         recovery_min_apply_delay = 0;
                                 94                 :                : 
                                 95                 :                : /* options formerly taken from recovery.conf for XLOG streaming */
                                 96                 :                : char       *PrimaryConnInfo = NULL;
                                 97                 :                : char       *PrimarySlotName = NULL;
                                 98                 :                : bool        wal_receiver_create_temp_slot = false;
                                 99                 :                : 
                                100                 :                : /*
                                101                 :                :  * recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal: what the user requested, if any
                                102                 :                :  *
                                103                 :                :  * recoveryTargetTLIRequested: numeric value of requested timeline, if constant
                                104                 :                :  *
                                105                 :                :  * recoveryTargetTLI: the currently understood target timeline; changes
                                106                 :                :  *
                                107                 :                :  * expectedTLEs: a list of TimeLineHistoryEntries for recoveryTargetTLI and
                                108                 :                :  * the timelines of its known parents, newest first (so recoveryTargetTLI is
                                109                 :                :  * always the first list member).  Only these TLIs are expected to be seen in
                                110                 :                :  * the WAL segments we read, and indeed only these TLIs will be considered as
                                111                 :                :  * candidate WAL files to open at all.
                                112                 :                :  *
                                113                 :                :  * curFileTLI: the TLI appearing in the name of the current input WAL file.
                                114                 :                :  * (This is not necessarily the same as the timeline from which we are
                                115                 :                :  * replaying WAL, which StartupXLOG calls replayTLI, because we could be
                                116                 :                :  * scanning data that was copied from an ancestor timeline when the current
                                117                 :                :  * file was created.)  During a sequential scan we do not allow this value
                                118                 :                :  * to decrease.
                                119                 :                :  */
                                120                 :                : RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST;
                                121                 :                : TimeLineID  recoveryTargetTLIRequested = 0;
                                122                 :                : TimeLineID  recoveryTargetTLI = 0;
                                123                 :                : static List *expectedTLEs;
                                124                 :                : static TimeLineID curFileTLI;
                                125                 :                : 
                                126                 :                : /*
                                127                 :                :  * When ArchiveRecoveryRequested is set, archive recovery was requested,
                                128                 :                :  * ie. signal files were present.  When InArchiveRecovery is set, we are
                                129                 :                :  * currently recovering using offline XLOG archives.  These variables are only
                                130                 :                :  * valid in the startup process.
                                131                 :                :  *
                                132                 :                :  * When ArchiveRecoveryRequested is true, but InArchiveRecovery is false, we're
                                133                 :                :  * currently performing crash recovery using only XLOG files in pg_wal, but
                                134                 :                :  * will switch to using offline XLOG archives as soon as we reach the end of
                                135                 :                :  * WAL in pg_wal.
                                136                 :                :  */
                                137                 :                : bool        ArchiveRecoveryRequested = false;
                                138                 :                : bool        InArchiveRecovery = false;
                                139                 :                : 
                                140                 :                : /*
                                141                 :                :  * When StandbyModeRequested is set, standby mode was requested, i.e.
                                142                 :                :  * standby.signal file was present.  When StandbyMode is set, we are currently
                                143                 :                :  * in standby mode.  These variables are only valid in the startup process.
                                144                 :                :  * They work similarly to ArchiveRecoveryRequested and InArchiveRecovery.
                                145                 :                :  */
                                146                 :                : static bool StandbyModeRequested = false;
                                147                 :                : bool        StandbyMode = false;
                                148                 :                : 
                                149                 :                : /* was a signal file present at startup? */
                                150                 :                : static bool standby_signal_file_found = false;
                                151                 :                : static bool recovery_signal_file_found = false;
                                152                 :                : 
                                153                 :                : /*
                                154                 :                :  * CheckPointLoc is the position of the checkpoint record that determines
                                155                 :                :  * where to start the replay.  It comes from the backup label file or the
                                156                 :                :  * control file.
                                157                 :                :  *
                                158                 :                :  * RedoStartLSN is the checkpoint's REDO location, also from the backup label
                                159                 :                :  * file or the control file.  In standby mode, XLOG streaming usually starts
                                160                 :                :  * from the position where an invalid record was found.  But if we fail to
                                161                 :                :  * read even the initial checkpoint record, we use the REDO location instead
                                162                 :                :  * of the checkpoint location as the start position of XLOG streaming.
                                163                 :                :  * Otherwise we would have to jump backwards to the REDO location after
                                164                 :                :  * reading the checkpoint record, because the REDO record can precede the
                                165                 :                :  * checkpoint record.
                                166                 :                :  */
                                167                 :                : static XLogRecPtr CheckPointLoc = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                                168                 :                : static TimeLineID CheckPointTLI = 0;
                                169                 :                : static XLogRecPtr RedoStartLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                                170                 :                : static TimeLineID RedoStartTLI = 0;
                                171                 :                : 
                                172                 :                : /*
                                173                 :                :  * Local copy of SharedHotStandbyActive variable. False actually means "not
                                174                 :                :  * known, need to check the shared state".
                                175                 :                :  */
                                176                 :                : static bool LocalHotStandbyActive = false;
                                177                 :                : 
                                178                 :                : /*
                                179                 :                :  * Local copy of SharedPromoteIsTriggered variable. False actually means "not
                                180                 :                :  * known, need to check the shared state".
                                181                 :                :  */
                                182                 :                : static bool LocalPromoteIsTriggered = false;
                                183                 :                : 
                                184                 :                : /* Has the recovery code requested a walreceiver wakeup? */
                                185                 :                : static bool doRequestWalReceiverReply;
                                186                 :                : 
                                187                 :                : /* XLogReader object used to parse the WAL records */
                                188                 :                : static XLogReaderState *xlogreader = NULL;
                                189                 :                : 
                                190                 :                : /* XLogPrefetcher object used to consume WAL records with read-ahead */
                                191                 :                : static XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher = NULL;
                                192                 :                : 
                                193                 :                : /* Parameters passed down from ReadRecord to the XLogPageRead callback. */
                                194                 :                : typedef struct XLogPageReadPrivate
                                195                 :                : {
                                196                 :                :     int         emode;
                                197                 :                :     bool        fetching_ckpt;  /* are we fetching a checkpoint record? */
                                198                 :                :     bool        randAccess;
                                199                 :                :     TimeLineID  replayTLI;
                                200                 :                : } XLogPageReadPrivate;
                                201                 :                : 
                                202                 :                : /* flag to tell XLogPageRead that we have started replaying */
                                203                 :                : static bool InRedo = false;
                                204                 :                : 
                                205                 :                : /*
                                206                 :                :  * Codes indicating where we got a WAL file from during recovery, or where
                                207                 :                :  * to attempt to get one.
                                208                 :                :  */
                                209                 :                : typedef enum
                                210                 :                : {
                                211                 :                :     XLOG_FROM_ANY = 0,          /* request to read WAL from any source */
                                212                 :                :     XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE,          /* restored using restore_command */
                                213                 :                :     XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL,           /* existing file in pg_wal */
                                214                 :                :     XLOG_FROM_STREAM,           /* streamed from primary */
                                215                 :                : } XLogSource;
                                216                 :                : 
                                217                 :                : /* human-readable names for XLogSources, for debugging output */
                                218                 :                : static const char *const xlogSourceNames[] = {"any", "archive", "pg_wal", "stream"};
                                219                 :                : 
                                220                 :                : /*
                                221                 :                :  * readFile is -1 or a kernel FD for the log file segment that's currently
                                222                 :                :  * open for reading.  readSegNo identifies the segment.  readOff is the offset
                                223                 :                :  * of the page just read, readLen indicates how much of it has been read into
                                224                 :                :  * readBuf, and readSource indicates where we got the currently open file from.
                                225                 :                :  *
                                226                 :                :  * Note: we could use Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD to track consumption of this
                                227                 :                :  * FD too (like for openLogFile in xlog.c); but it doesn't currently seem
                                228                 :                :  * worthwhile, since the XLOG is not read by general-purpose sessions.
                                229                 :                :  */
                                230                 :                : static int  readFile = -1;
                                231                 :                : static XLogSegNo readSegNo = 0;
                                232                 :                : static uint32 readOff = 0;
                                233                 :                : static uint32 readLen = 0;
                                234                 :                : static XLogSource readSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                                235                 :                : 
                                236                 :                : /*
                                237                 :                :  * Keeps track of which source we're currently reading from. This is
                                238                 :                :  * different from readSource in that this is always set, even when we don't
                                239                 :                :  * currently have a WAL file open. If lastSourceFailed is set, our last
                                240                 :                :  * attempt to read from currentSource failed, and we should try another source
                                241                 :                :  * next.
                                242                 :                :  *
                                243                 :                :  * pendingWalRcvRestart is set when a config change occurs that requires a
                                244                 :                :  * walreceiver restart.  This is only valid in XLOG_FROM_STREAM state.
                                245                 :                :  */
                                246                 :                : static XLogSource currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                                247                 :                : static bool lastSourceFailed = false;
                                248                 :                : static bool pendingWalRcvRestart = false;
                                249                 :                : 
                                250                 :                : /*
                                251                 :                :  * These variables track when we last obtained some WAL data to process,
                                252                 :                :  * and where we got it from.  (XLogReceiptSource is initially the same as
                                253                 :                :  * readSource, but readSource gets reset to zero when we don't have data
                                254                 :                :  * to process right now.  It is also different from currentSource, which
                                255                 :                :  * also changes when we try to read from a source and fail, while
                                256                 :                :  * XLogReceiptSource tracks where we last successfully read some WAL.)
                                257                 :                :  */
                                258                 :                : static TimestampTz XLogReceiptTime = 0;
                                259                 :                : static XLogSource XLogReceiptSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                                260                 :                : 
                                261                 :                : /* Local copy of WalRcv->flushedUpto */
                                262                 :                : static XLogRecPtr flushedUpto = 0;
                                263                 :                : static TimeLineID receiveTLI = 0;
                                264                 :                : 
                                265                 :                : /*
                                266                 :                :  * Copy of minRecoveryPoint and backupEndPoint from the control file.
                                267                 :                :  *
                                268                 :                :  * In order to reach consistency, we must replay the WAL up to
                                269                 :                :  * minRecoveryPoint.  If backupEndRequired is true, we must also reach
                                270                 :                :  * backupEndPoint, or if it's invalid, an end-of-backup record corresponding
                                271                 :                :  * to backupStartPoint.
                                272                 :                :  *
                                273                 :                :  * Note: In archive recovery, after consistency has been reached, the
                                274                 :                :  * functions in xlog.c will start updating minRecoveryPoint in the control
                                275                 :                :  * file.  But this copy of minRecoveryPoint variable reflects the value at the
                                276                 :                :  * beginning of recovery, and is *not* updated after consistency is reached.
                                277                 :                :  */
                                278                 :                : static XLogRecPtr minRecoveryPoint;
                                279                 :                : static TimeLineID minRecoveryPointTLI;
                                280                 :                : 
                                281                 :                : static XLogRecPtr backupStartPoint;
                                282                 :                : static XLogRecPtr backupEndPoint;
                                283                 :                : static bool backupEndRequired = false;
                                284                 :                : 
                                285                 :                : /*
                                286                 :                :  * Have we reached a consistent database state?  In crash recovery, we have
                                287                 :                :  * to replay all the WAL, so reachedConsistency is never set.  During archive
                                288                 :                :  * recovery, the database is consistent once minRecoveryPoint is reached.
                                289                 :                :  *
                                290                 :                :  * Consistent state means that the system is internally consistent, all
                                291                 :                :  * the WAL has been replayed up to a certain point, and importantly, there
                                292                 :                :  * is no trace of later actions on disk.
                                293                 :                :  */
                                294                 :                : bool        reachedConsistency = false;
                                295                 :                : 
                                296                 :                : /* Buffers dedicated to consistency checks of size BLCKSZ */
                                297                 :                : static char *replay_image_masked = NULL;
                                298                 :                : static char *primary_image_masked = NULL;
                                299                 :                : 
                                300                 :                : 
                                301                 :                : /*
                                302                 :                :  * Shared-memory state for WAL recovery.
                                303                 :                :  */
                                304                 :                : typedef struct XLogRecoveryCtlData
                                305                 :                : {
                                306                 :                :     /*
                                307                 :                :      * SharedHotStandbyActive indicates if we allow hot standby queries to be
                                308                 :                :      * run.  Protected by info_lck.
                                309                 :                :      */
                                310                 :                :     bool        SharedHotStandbyActive;
                                311                 :                : 
                                312                 :                :     /*
                                313                 :                :      * SharedPromoteIsTriggered indicates if a standby promotion has been
                                314                 :                :      * triggered.  Protected by info_lck.
                                315                 :                :      */
                                316                 :                :     bool        SharedPromoteIsTriggered;
                                317                 :                : 
                                318                 :                :     /*
                                319                 :                :      * recoveryWakeupLatch is used to wake up the startup process to continue
                                320                 :                :      * WAL replay, if it is waiting for WAL to arrive or promotion to be
                                321                 :                :      * requested.
                                322                 :                :      *
                                323                 :                :      * Note that the startup process also uses another latch, its procLatch,
                                324                 :                :      * to wait for recovery conflict. If we get rid of recoveryWakeupLatch for
                                325                 :                :      * signaling the startup process in favor of using its procLatch, which
                                326                 :                :      * comports better with possible generic signal handlers using that latch.
                                327                 :                :      * But we should not do that because the startup process doesn't assume
                                328                 :                :      * that it's waken up by walreceiver process or SIGHUP signal handler
                                329                 :                :      * while it's waiting for recovery conflict. The separate latches,
                                330                 :                :      * recoveryWakeupLatch and procLatch, should be used for inter-process
                                331                 :                :      * communication for WAL replay and recovery conflict, respectively.
                                332                 :                :      */
                                333                 :                :     Latch       recoveryWakeupLatch;
                                334                 :                : 
                                335                 :                :     /*
                                336                 :                :      * Last record successfully replayed.
                                337                 :                :      */
                                338                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  lastReplayedReadRecPtr; /* start position */
                                339                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  lastReplayedEndRecPtr;  /* end+1 position */
                                340                 :                :     TimeLineID  lastReplayedTLI;    /* timeline */
                                341                 :                : 
                                342                 :                :     /*
                                343                 :                :      * When we're currently replaying a record, ie. in a redo function,
                                344                 :                :      * replayEndRecPtr points to the end+1 of the record being replayed,
                                345                 :                :      * otherwise it's equal to lastReplayedEndRecPtr.
                                346                 :                :      */
                                347                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  replayEndRecPtr;
                                348                 :                :     TimeLineID  replayEndTLI;
                                349                 :                :     /* timestamp of last COMMIT/ABORT record replayed (or being replayed) */
                                350                 :                :     TimestampTz recoveryLastXTime;
                                351                 :                : 
                                352                 :                :     /*
                                353                 :                :      * timestamp of when we started replaying the current chunk of WAL data,
                                354                 :                :      * only relevant for replication or archive recovery
                                355                 :                :      */
                                356                 :                :     TimestampTz currentChunkStartTime;
                                357                 :                :     /* Recovery pause state */
                                358                 :                :     RecoveryPauseState recoveryPauseState;
                                359                 :                :     ConditionVariable recoveryNotPausedCV;
                                360                 :                : 
                                361                 :                :     slock_t     info_lck;       /* locks shared variables shown above */
                                362                 :                : } XLogRecoveryCtlData;
                                363                 :                : 
                                364                 :                : static XLogRecoveryCtlData *XLogRecoveryCtl = NULL;
                                365                 :                : 
                                366                 :                : /*
                                367                 :                :  * abortedRecPtr is the start pointer of a broken record at end of WAL when
                                368                 :                :  * recovery completes; missingContrecPtr is the location of the first
                                369                 :                :  * contrecord that went missing.  See CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord for
                                370                 :                :  * details.
                                371                 :                :  */
                                372                 :                : static XLogRecPtr abortedRecPtr;
                                373                 :                : static XLogRecPtr missingContrecPtr;
                                374                 :                : 
                                375                 :                : /*
                                376                 :                :  * if recoveryStopsBefore/After returns true, it saves information of the stop
                                377                 :                :  * point here
                                378                 :                :  */
                                379                 :                : static TransactionId recoveryStopXid;
                                380                 :                : static TimestampTz recoveryStopTime;
                                381                 :                : static XLogRecPtr recoveryStopLSN;
                                382                 :                : static char recoveryStopName[MAXFNAMELEN];
                                383                 :                : static bool recoveryStopAfter;
                                384                 :                : 
                                385                 :                : /* prototypes for local functions */
                                386                 :                : static void ApplyWalRecord(XLogReaderState *xlogreader, XLogRecord *record, TimeLineID *replayTLI);
                                387                 :                : 
                                388                 :                : static void EnableStandbyMode(void);
                                389                 :                : static void readRecoverySignalFile(void);
                                390                 :                : static void validateRecoveryParameters(void);
                                391                 :                : static bool read_backup_label(XLogRecPtr *checkPointLoc,
                                392                 :                :                               TimeLineID *backupLabelTLI,
                                393                 :                :                               bool *backupEndRequired, bool *backupFromStandby);
                                394                 :                : static bool read_tablespace_map(List **tablespaces);
                                395                 :                : 
                                396                 :                : static void xlogrecovery_redo(XLogReaderState *record, TimeLineID replayTLI);
                                397                 :                : static void CheckRecoveryConsistency(void);
                                398                 :                : static void rm_redo_error_callback(void *arg);
                                399                 :                : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
                                400                 :                : static void xlog_outrec(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record);
                                401                 :                : #endif
                                402                 :                : static void xlog_block_info(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record);
                                403                 :                : static void checkTimeLineSwitch(XLogRecPtr lsn, TimeLineID newTLI,
                                404                 :                :                                 TimeLineID prevTLI, TimeLineID replayTLI);
                                405                 :                : static bool getRecordTimestamp(XLogReaderState *record, TimestampTz *recordXtime);
                                406                 :                : static void verifyBackupPageConsistency(XLogReaderState *record);
                                407                 :                : 
                                408                 :                : static bool recoveryStopsBefore(XLogReaderState *record);
                                409                 :                : static bool recoveryStopsAfter(XLogReaderState *record);
                                410                 :                : static char *getRecoveryStopReason(void);
                                411                 :                : static void recoveryPausesHere(bool endOfRecovery);
                                412                 :                : static bool recoveryApplyDelay(XLogReaderState *record);
                                413                 :                : static void ConfirmRecoveryPaused(void);
                                414                 :                : 
                                415                 :                : static XLogRecord *ReadRecord(XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher,
                                416                 :                :                               int emode, bool fetching_ckpt,
                                417                 :                :                               TimeLineID replayTLI);
                                418                 :                : 
                                419                 :                : static int  XLogPageRead(XLogReaderState *xlogreader, XLogRecPtr targetPagePtr,
                                420                 :                :                          int reqLen, XLogRecPtr targetRecPtr, char *readBuf);
                                421                 :                : static XLogPageReadResult WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable(XLogRecPtr RecPtr,
                                422                 :                :                                                       bool randAccess,
                                423                 :                :                                                       bool fetching_ckpt,
                                424                 :                :                                                       XLogRecPtr tliRecPtr,
                                425                 :                :                                                       TimeLineID replayTLI,
                                426                 :                :                                                       XLogRecPtr replayLSN,
                                427                 :                :                                                       bool nonblocking);
                                428                 :                : static int  emode_for_corrupt_record(int emode, XLogRecPtr RecPtr);
                                429                 :                : static XLogRecord *ReadCheckpointRecord(XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher,
                                430                 :                :                                         XLogRecPtr RecPtr, TimeLineID replayTLI);
                                431                 :                : static bool rescanLatestTimeLine(TimeLineID replayTLI, XLogRecPtr replayLSN);
                                432                 :                : static int  XLogFileRead(XLogSegNo segno, int emode, TimeLineID tli,
                                433                 :                :                          XLogSource source, bool notfoundOk);
                                434                 :                : static int  XLogFileReadAnyTLI(XLogSegNo segno, int emode, XLogSource source);
                                435                 :                : 
                                436                 :                : static bool CheckForStandbyTrigger(void);
                                437                 :                : static void SetPromoteIsTriggered(void);
                                438                 :                : static bool HotStandbyActiveInReplay(void);
                                439                 :                : 
                                440                 :                : static void SetCurrentChunkStartTime(TimestampTz xtime);
                                441                 :                : static void SetLatestXTime(TimestampTz xtime);
                                442                 :                : 
                                443                 :                : /*
                                444                 :                :  * Initialization of shared memory for WAL recovery
                                445                 :                :  */
                                446                 :                : Size
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      447                 :CBC        2577 : XLogRecoveryShmemSize(void)
                                448                 :                : {
                                449                 :                :     Size        size;
                                450                 :                : 
                                451                 :                :     /* XLogRecoveryCtl */
                                452                 :           2577 :     size = sizeof(XLogRecoveryCtlData);
                                453                 :                : 
                                454                 :           2577 :     return size;
                                455                 :                : }
                                456                 :                : 
                                457                 :                : void
                                458                 :            898 : XLogRecoveryShmemInit(void)
                                459                 :                : {
                                460                 :                :     bool        found;
                                461                 :                : 
                                462                 :            898 :     XLogRecoveryCtl = (XLogRecoveryCtlData *)
                                463                 :            898 :         ShmemInitStruct("XLOG Recovery Ctl", XLogRecoveryShmemSize(), &found);
                                464         [ -  + ]:            898 :     if (found)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      465                 :UBC           0 :         return;
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      466                 :CBC         898 :     memset(XLogRecoveryCtl, 0, sizeof(XLogRecoveryCtlData));
                                467                 :                : 
                                468                 :            898 :     SpinLockInit(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                                469                 :            898 :     InitSharedLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                                470                 :            898 :     ConditionVariableInit(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryNotPausedCV);
                                471                 :                : }
                                472                 :                : 
                                473                 :                : /*
                                474                 :                :  * A thin wrapper to enable StandbyMode and do other preparatory work as
                                475                 :                :  * needed.
                                476                 :                :  */
                                477                 :                : static void
  433 rhaas@postgresql.org      478                 :            135 : EnableStandbyMode(void)
                                479                 :                : {
                                480                 :            135 :     StandbyMode = true;
                                481                 :                : 
                                482                 :                :     /*
                                483                 :                :      * To avoid server log bloat, we don't report recovery progress in a
                                484                 :                :      * standby as it will always be in recovery unless promoted. We disable
                                485                 :                :      * startup progress timeout in standby mode to avoid calling
                                486                 :                :      * startup_progress_timeout_handler() unnecessarily.
                                487                 :                :      */
                                488                 :            135 :     disable_startup_progress_timeout();
                                489                 :            135 : }
                                490                 :                : 
                                491                 :                : /*
                                492                 :                :  * Prepare the system for WAL recovery, if needed.
                                493                 :                :  *
                                494                 :                :  * This is called by StartupXLOG() which coordinates the server startup
                                495                 :                :  * sequence.  This function analyzes the control file and the backup label
                                496                 :                :  * file, if any, and figures out whether we need to perform crash recovery or
                                497                 :                :  * archive recovery, and how far we need to replay the WAL to reach a
                                498                 :                :  * consistent state.
                                499                 :                :  *
                                500                 :                :  * This doesn't yet change the on-disk state, except for creating the symlinks
                                501                 :                :  * from table space map file if any, and for fetching WAL files needed to find
                                502                 :                :  * the checkpoint record.  On entry, the caller has already read the control
                                503                 :                :  * file into memory, and passes it as argument.  This function updates it to
                                504                 :                :  * reflect the recovery state, and the caller is expected to write it back to
                                505                 :                :  * disk does after initializing other subsystems, but before calling
                                506                 :                :  * PerformWalRecovery().
                                507                 :                :  *
                                508                 :                :  * This initializes some global variables like ArchiveRecoveryRequested, and
                                509                 :                :  * StandbyModeRequested and InRecovery.
                                510                 :                :  */
                                511                 :                : void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      512                 :            823 : InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr,
                                513                 :                :                 bool *haveBackupLabel_ptr, bool *haveTblspcMap_ptr)
                                514                 :                : {
                                515                 :                :     XLogPageReadPrivate *private;
                                516                 :                :     struct stat st;
                                517                 :                :     bool        wasShutdown;
                                518                 :                :     XLogRecord *record;
                                519                 :                :     DBState     dbstate_at_startup;
                                520                 :            823 :     bool        haveTblspcMap = false;
                                521                 :            823 :     bool        haveBackupLabel = false;
                                522                 :                :     CheckPoint  checkPoint;
                                523                 :            823 :     bool        backupFromStandby = false;
                                524                 :                : 
                                525                 :            823 :     dbstate_at_startup = ControlFile->state;
                                526                 :                : 
                                527                 :                :     /*
                                528                 :                :      * Initialize on the assumption we want to recover to the latest timeline
                                529                 :                :      * that's active according to pg_control.
                                530                 :                :      */
                                531                 :            823 :     if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI >
                                532         [ +  + ]:            823 :         ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID)
                                533                 :              4 :         recoveryTargetTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
                                534                 :                :     else
                                535                 :            819 :         recoveryTargetTLI = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
                                536                 :                : 
                                537                 :                :     /*
                                538                 :                :      * Check for signal files, and if so set up state for offline recovery
                                539                 :                :      */
                                540                 :            823 :     readRecoverySignalFile();
                                541                 :            823 :     validateRecoveryParameters();
                                542                 :                : 
                                543                 :                :     /*
                                544                 :                :      * Take ownership of the wakeup latch if we're going to sleep during
                                545                 :                :      * recovery, if required.
                                546                 :                :      */
                                547         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                                548                 :            140 :         OwnLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                                549                 :                : 
                                550                 :                :     /*
                                551                 :                :      * Set the WAL reading processor now, as it will be needed when reading
                                552                 :                :      * the checkpoint record required (backup_label or not).
                                553                 :                :      */
                                554                 :            823 :     private = palloc0(sizeof(XLogPageReadPrivate));
                                555                 :            823 :     xlogreader =
                                556                 :            823 :         XLogReaderAllocate(wal_segment_size, NULL,
                                557                 :            823 :                            XL_ROUTINE(.page_read = &XLogPageRead,
                                558                 :                :                                       .segment_open = NULL,
                                559                 :                :                                       .segment_close = wal_segment_close),
                                560                 :                :                            private);
                                561         [ -  + ]:            823 :     if (!xlogreader)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      562         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                563                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                                564                 :                :                  errmsg("out of memory"),
                                565                 :                :                  errdetail("Failed while allocating a WAL reading processor.")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      566                 :CBC         823 :     xlogreader->system_identifier = ControlFile->system_identifier;
                                567                 :                : 
                                568                 :                :     /*
                                569                 :                :      * Set the WAL decode buffer size.  This limits how far ahead we can read
                                570                 :                :      * in the WAL.
                                571                 :                :      */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or      572                 :            823 :     XLogReaderSetDecodeBuffer(xlogreader, NULL, wal_decode_buffer_size);
                                573                 :                : 
                                574                 :                :     /* Create a WAL prefetcher. */
                                575                 :            823 :     xlogprefetcher = XLogPrefetcherAllocate(xlogreader);
                                576                 :                : 
                                577                 :                :     /*
                                578                 :                :      * Allocate two page buffers dedicated to WAL consistency checks.  We do
                                579                 :                :      * it this way, rather than just making static arrays, for two reasons:
                                580                 :                :      * (1) no need to waste the storage in most instantiations of the backend;
                                581                 :                :      * (2) a static char array isn't guaranteed to have any particular
                                582                 :                :      * alignment, whereas palloc() will provide MAXALIGN'd storage.
                                583                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      584                 :            823 :     replay_image_masked = (char *) palloc(BLCKSZ);
                                585                 :            823 :     primary_image_masked = (char *) palloc(BLCKSZ);
                                586                 :                : 
                                587                 :                :     /*
                                588                 :                :      * Read the backup_label file.  We want to run this part of the recovery
                                589                 :                :      * process after checking for signal files and after performing validation
                                590                 :                :      * of the recovery parameters.
                                591                 :                :      */
                                592         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (read_backup_label(&CheckPointLoc, &CheckPointTLI, &backupEndRequired,
                                593                 :                :                           &backupFromStandby))
                                594                 :                :     {
                                595                 :             95 :         List       *tablespaces = NIL;
                                596                 :                : 
                                597                 :                :         /*
                                598                 :                :          * Archive recovery was requested, and thanks to the backup label
                                599                 :                :          * file, we know how far we need to replay to reach consistency. Enter
                                600                 :                :          * archive recovery directly.
                                601                 :                :          */
                                602                 :             95 :         InArchiveRecovery = true;
                                603         [ +  + ]:             95 :         if (StandbyModeRequested)
  433 rhaas@postgresql.org      604                 :             85 :             EnableStandbyMode();
                                605                 :                : 
                                606                 :                :         /*
                                607                 :                :          * Omitting backup_label when creating a new replica, PITR node etc.
                                608                 :                :          * unfortunately is a common cause of corruption.  Logging that
                                609                 :                :          * backup_label was used makes it a bit easier to exclude that as the
                                610                 :                :          * cause of observed corruption.
                                611                 :                :          *
                                612                 :                :          * Do so before we try to read the checkpoint record (which can fail),
                                613                 :                :          * as otherwise it can be hard to understand why a checkpoint other
                                614                 :                :          * than ControlFile->checkPoint is used.
                                615                 :                :          */
   80 michael@paquier.xyz       616         [ +  - ]:             95 :         ereport(LOG,
                                617                 :                :                 (errmsg("starting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X, checkpoint LSN %X/%X, on timeline ID %u",
                                618                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RedoStartLSN),
                                619                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc),
                                620                 :                :                         CheckPointTLI)));
                                621                 :                : 
                                622                 :                :         /*
                                623                 :                :          * When a backup_label file is present, we want to roll forward from
                                624                 :                :          * the checkpoint it identifies, rather than using pg_control.
                                625                 :                :          */
  634 fujii@postgresql.org      626                 :             95 :         record = ReadCheckpointRecord(xlogprefetcher, CheckPointLoc,
                                627                 :                :                                       CheckPointTLI);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      628         [ +  - ]:             95 :         if (record != NULL)
                                629                 :                :         {
                                630                 :             95 :             memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(CheckPoint));
                                631                 :             95 :             wasShutdown = ((record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN);
                                632         [ +  + ]:             95 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
                                633                 :                :                     (errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%X",
                                634                 :                :                                      LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))));
                                635                 :             95 :             InRecovery = true;  /* force recovery even if SHUTDOWNED */
                                636                 :                : 
                                637                 :                :             /*
                                638                 :                :              * Make sure that REDO location exists. This may not be the case
                                639                 :                :              * if there was a crash during an online backup, which left a
                                640                 :                :              * backup_label around that references a WAL segment that's
                                641                 :                :              * already been archived.
                                642                 :                :              */
                                643         [ +  - ]:             95 :             if (checkPoint.redo < CheckPointLoc)
                                644                 :                :             {
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or      645                 :             95 :                 XLogPrefetcherBeginRead(xlogprefetcher, checkPoint.redo);
                                646         [ -  + ]:             95 :                 if (!ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, LOG, false,
                                647                 :                :                                 checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      648         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(FATAL,
                                649                 :                :                             (errmsg("could not find redo location %X/%X referenced by checkpoint record at %X/%X",
                                650                 :                :                                     LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)),
                                651                 :                :                              errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n"
                                652                 :                :                                      "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n"
                                653                 :                :                                      "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.",
                                654                 :                :                                      DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir)));
                                655                 :                :             }
                                656                 :                :         }
                                657                 :                :         else
                                658                 :                :         {
                                659         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                                660                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not locate required checkpoint record at %X/%X",
                                661                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)),
                                662                 :                :                      errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n"
                                663                 :                :                              "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n"
                                664                 :                :                              "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.",
                                665                 :                :                              DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir)));
                                666                 :                :             wasShutdown = false;    /* keep compiler quiet */
                                667                 :                :         }
                                668                 :                : 
                                669                 :                :         /* Read the tablespace_map file if present and create symlinks. */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      670         [ +  + ]:CBC          95 :         if (read_tablespace_map(&tablespaces))
                                671                 :                :         {
                                672                 :                :             ListCell   *lc;
                                673                 :                : 
                                674   [ +  -  +  +  :              2 :             foreach(lc, tablespaces)
                                              +  + ]
                                675                 :                :             {
                                676                 :              1 :                 tablespaceinfo *ti = lfirst(lc);
                                677                 :                :                 char       *linkloc;
                                678                 :                : 
  174 rhaas@postgresql.org      679                 :GNC           1 :                 linkloc = psprintf("pg_tblspc/%u", ti->oid);
                                680                 :                : 
                                681                 :                :                 /*
                                682                 :                :                  * Remove the existing symlink if any and Create the symlink
                                683                 :                :                  * under PGDATA.
                                684                 :                :                  */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      685                 :CBC           1 :                 remove_tablespace_symlink(linkloc);
                                686                 :                : 
                                687         [ -  + ]:              1 :                 if (symlink(ti->path, linkloc) < 0)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      688         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                                689                 :                :                             (errcode_for_file_access(),
                                690                 :                :                              errmsg("could not create symbolic link \"%s\": %m",
                                691                 :                :                                     linkloc)));
                                692                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      693                 :CBC           1 :                 pfree(ti->path);
                                694                 :              1 :                 pfree(ti);
                                695                 :                :             }
                                696                 :                : 
                                697                 :                :             /* tell the caller to delete it later */
                                698                 :              1 :             haveTblspcMap = true;
                                699                 :                :         }
                                700                 :                : 
                                701                 :                :         /* tell the caller to delete it later */
                                702                 :             95 :         haveBackupLabel = true;
                                703                 :                :     }
                                704                 :                :     else
                                705                 :                :     {
                                706                 :                :         /* No backup_label file has been found if we are here. */
                                707                 :                : 
                                708                 :                :         /*
                                709                 :                :          * If tablespace_map file is present without backup_label file, there
                                710                 :                :          * is no use of such file.  There is no harm in retaining it, but it
                                711                 :                :          * is better to get rid of the map file so that we don't have any
                                712                 :                :          * redundant file in data directory and it will avoid any sort of
                                713                 :                :          * confusion.  It seems prudent though to just rename the file out of
                                714                 :                :          * the way rather than delete it completely, also we ignore any error
                                715                 :                :          * that occurs in rename operation as even if map file is present
                                716                 :                :          * without backup_label file, it is harmless.
                                717                 :                :          */
                                718         [ +  + ]:            728 :         if (stat(TABLESPACE_MAP, &st) == 0)
                                719                 :                :         {
                                720                 :              1 :             unlink(TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD);
                                721         [ +  - ]:              1 :             if (durable_rename(TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD, DEBUG1) == 0)
                                722         [ +  - ]:              1 :                 ereport(LOG,
                                723                 :                :                         (errmsg("ignoring file \"%s\" because no file \"%s\" exists",
                                724                 :                :                                 TABLESPACE_MAP, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE),
                                725                 :                :                          errdetail("File \"%s\" was renamed to \"%s\".",
                                726                 :                :                                    TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD)));
                                727                 :                :             else
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      728         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                                729                 :                :                         (errmsg("ignoring file \"%s\" because no file \"%s\" exists",
                                730                 :                :                                 TABLESPACE_MAP, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE),
                                731                 :                :                          errdetail("Could not rename file \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m.",
                                732                 :                :                                    TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD)));
                                733                 :                :         }
                                734                 :                : 
                                735                 :                :         /*
                                736                 :                :          * It's possible that archive recovery was requested, but we don't
                                737                 :                :          * know how far we need to replay the WAL before we reach consistency.
                                738                 :                :          * This can happen for example if a base backup is taken from a
                                739                 :                :          * running server using an atomic filesystem snapshot, without calling
                                740                 :                :          * pg_backup_start/stop. Or if you just kill a running primary server
                                741                 :                :          * and put it into archive recovery by creating a recovery signal
                                742                 :                :          * file.
                                743                 :                :          *
                                744                 :                :          * Our strategy in that case is to perform crash recovery first,
                                745                 :                :          * replaying all the WAL present in pg_wal, and only enter archive
                                746                 :                :          * recovery after that.
                                747                 :                :          *
                                748                 :                :          * But usually we already know how far we need to replay the WAL (up
                                749                 :                :          * to minRecoveryPoint, up to backupEndPoint, or until we see an
                                750                 :                :          * end-of-backup record), and we can enter archive recovery directly.
                                751                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      752         [ +  + ]:CBC         728 :         if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
                                753         [ +  + ]:             50 :             (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint != InvalidXLogRecPtr ||
                                754         [ +  - ]:             14 :              ControlFile->backupEndRequired ||
                                755         [ +  - ]:             14 :              ControlFile->backupEndPoint != InvalidXLogRecPtr ||
                                756         [ +  + ]:             14 :              ControlFile->state == DB_SHUTDOWNED))
                                757                 :                :         {
                                758                 :             46 :             InArchiveRecovery = true;
                                759         [ +  - ]:             46 :             if (StandbyModeRequested)
  433 rhaas@postgresql.org      760                 :             46 :                 EnableStandbyMode();
                                761                 :                :         }
                                762                 :                : 
                                763                 :                :         /*
                                764                 :                :          * For the same reason as when starting up with backup_label present,
                                765                 :                :          * emit a log message when we continue initializing from a base
                                766                 :                :          * backup.
                                767                 :                :          */
   80 michael@paquier.xyz       768         [ -  + ]:            728 :         if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint))
   80 michael@paquier.xyz       769         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                                770                 :                :                     (errmsg("restarting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X",
                                771                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->backupStartPoint))));
                                772                 :                : 
                                773                 :                :         /* Get the last valid checkpoint record. */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      774                 :CBC         728 :         CheckPointLoc = ControlFile->checkPoint;
                                775                 :            728 :         CheckPointTLI = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
                                776                 :            728 :         RedoStartLSN = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
                                777                 :            728 :         RedoStartTLI = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
  634 fujii@postgresql.org      778                 :            728 :         record = ReadCheckpointRecord(xlogprefetcher, CheckPointLoc,
                                779                 :                :                                       CheckPointTLI);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      780         [ +  - ]:            728 :         if (record != NULL)
                                781                 :                :         {
                                782         [ +  + ]:            728 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
                                783                 :                :                     (errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%X",
                                784                 :                :                                      LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))));
                                785                 :                :         }
                                786                 :                :         else
                                787                 :                :         {
                                788                 :                :             /*
                                789                 :                :              * We used to attempt to go back to a secondary checkpoint record
                                790                 :                :              * here, but only when not in standby mode. We now just fail if we
                                791                 :                :              * can't read the last checkpoint because this allows us to
                                792                 :                :              * simplify processing around checkpoints.
                                793                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      794         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(PANIC,
                                795                 :                :                     (errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record at %X/%X",
                                796                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))));
                                797                 :                :         }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      798                 :CBC         728 :         memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(CheckPoint));
                                799                 :            728 :         wasShutdown = ((record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN);
                                800                 :                :     }
                                801                 :                : 
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       802         [ +  + ]:GNC         823 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                                803                 :                :     {
                                804         [ +  + ]:            140 :         if (StandbyModeRequested)
                                805         [ +  - ]:            135 :             ereport(LOG,
                                806                 :                :                     (errmsg("entering standby mode")));
                                807         [ -  + ]:              5 :         else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_XID)
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       808         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                                809                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to XID %u",
                                810                 :                :                             recoveryTargetXid)));
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       811         [ -  + ]:GNC           5 :         else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME)
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       812         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                                813                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to %s",
                                814                 :                :                             timestamptz_to_str(recoveryTargetTime))));
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       815         [ +  + ]:GNC           5 :         else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME)
                                816         [ +  - ]:              3 :             ereport(LOG,
                                817                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to \"%s\"",
                                818                 :                :                             recoveryTargetName)));
                                819         [ -  + ]:              2 :         else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN)
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       820         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                                821                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"",
                                822                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryTargetLSN))));
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       823         [ -  + ]:GNC           2 :         else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE)
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       824         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                                825                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to earliest consistent point")));
                                826                 :                :         else
  167 michael@paquier.xyz       827         [ +  - ]:GNC           2 :             ereport(LOG,
                                828                 :                :                     (errmsg("starting archive recovery")));
                                829                 :                :     }
                                830                 :                : 
                                831                 :                :     /*
                                832                 :                :      * If the location of the checkpoint record is not on the expected
                                833                 :                :      * timeline in the history of the requested timeline, we cannot proceed:
                                834                 :                :      * the backup is not part of the history of the requested timeline.
                                835                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      836         [ -  + ]:CBC         823 :     Assert(expectedTLEs);       /* was initialized by reading checkpoint
                                837                 :                :                                  * record */
                                838         [ -  + ]:            823 :     if (tliOfPointInHistory(CheckPointLoc, expectedTLEs) !=
                                839                 :                :         CheckPointTLI)
                                840                 :                :     {
                                841                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  switchpoint;
                                842                 :                : 
                                843                 :                :         /*
                                844                 :                :          * tliSwitchPoint will throw an error if the checkpoint's timeline is
                                845                 :                :          * not in expectedTLEs at all.
                                846                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      847                 :UBC           0 :         switchpoint = tliSwitchPoint(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID, expectedTLEs, NULL);
                                848         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                                849                 :                :                 (errmsg("requested timeline %u is not a child of this server's history",
                                850                 :                :                         recoveryTargetTLI),
                                851                 :                :                  errdetail("Latest checkpoint is at %X/%X on timeline %u, but in the history of the requested timeline, the server forked off from that timeline at %X/%X.",
                                852                 :                :                            LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
                                853                 :                :                            ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID,
                                854                 :                :                            LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(switchpoint))));
                                855                 :                :     }
                                856                 :                : 
                                857                 :                :     /*
                                858                 :                :      * The min recovery point should be part of the requested timeline's
                                859                 :                :      * history, too.
                                860                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      861         [ +  + ]:CBC         823 :     if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint) &&
                                862                 :             55 :         tliOfPointInHistory(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint - 1, expectedTLEs) !=
                                863         [ -  + ]:             55 :         ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      864         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                                865                 :                :                 (errmsg("requested timeline %u does not contain minimum recovery point %X/%X on timeline %u",
                                866                 :                :                         recoveryTargetTLI,
                                867                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint),
                                868                 :                :                         ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI)));
                                869                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      870   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC         823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                871                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("redo record is at %X/%X; shutdown %s",
                                872                 :                :                              LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo),
                                873                 :                :                              wasShutdown ? "true" : "false")));
                                874         [ +  + ]:            823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                875                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("next transaction ID: " UINT64_FORMAT "; next OID: %u",
                                876                 :                :                              U64FromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid),
                                877                 :                :                              checkPoint.nextOid)));
                                878         [ +  + ]:            823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                879                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("next MultiXactId: %u; next MultiXactOffset: %u",
                                880                 :                :                              checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset)));
                                881         [ +  + ]:            823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                882                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("oldest unfrozen transaction ID: %u, in database %u",
                                883                 :                :                              checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB)));
                                884         [ +  + ]:            823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                885                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("oldest MultiXactId: %u, in database %u",
                                886                 :                :                              checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB)));
                                887         [ +  + ]:            823 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                888                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("commit timestamp Xid oldest/newest: %u/%u",
                                889                 :                :                              checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid,
                                890                 :                :                              checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid)));
                                891         [ -  + ]:            823 :     if (!TransactionIdIsNormal(XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid)))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      892         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                                893                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid next transaction ID")));
                                894                 :                : 
                                895                 :                :     /* sanity check */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      896         [ -  + ]:CBC         823 :     if (checkPoint.redo > CheckPointLoc)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      897         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                                898                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid redo in checkpoint record")));
                                899                 :                : 
                                900                 :                :     /*
                                901                 :                :      * Check whether we need to force recovery from WAL.  If it appears to
                                902                 :                :      * have been a clean shutdown and we did not have a recovery signal file,
                                903                 :                :      * then assume no recovery needed.
                                904                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      905         [ +  + ]:CBC         823 :     if (checkPoint.redo < CheckPointLoc)
                                906                 :                :     {
                                907         [ -  + ]:            143 :         if (wasShutdown)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      908         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(PANIC,
                                909                 :                :                     (errmsg("invalid redo record in shutdown checkpoint")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      910                 :CBC         143 :         InRecovery = true;
                                911                 :                :     }
                                912         [ +  + ]:            680 :     else if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
                                913                 :             89 :         InRecovery = true;
                                914         [ +  + ]:            591 :     else if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                                915                 :                :     {
                                916                 :                :         /* force recovery due to presence of recovery signal file */
                                917                 :             10 :         InRecovery = true;
                                918                 :                :     }
                                919                 :                : 
                                920                 :                :     /*
                                921                 :                :      * If recovery is needed, update our in-memory copy of pg_control to show
                                922                 :                :      * that we are recovering and to show the selected checkpoint as the place
                                923                 :                :      * we are starting from. We also mark pg_control with any minimum recovery
                                924                 :                :      * stop point obtained from a backup history file.
                                925                 :                :      *
                                926                 :                :      * We don't write the changes to disk yet, though. Only do that after
                                927                 :                :      * initializing various subsystems.
                                928                 :                :      */
                                929         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (InRecovery)
                                930                 :                :     {
                                931         [ +  + ]:            242 :         if (InArchiveRecovery)
                                932                 :                :         {
                                933                 :            141 :             ControlFile->state = DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY;
                                934                 :                :         }
                                935                 :                :         else
                                936                 :                :         {
                                937         [ +  - ]:            101 :             ereport(LOG,
                                938                 :                :                     (errmsg("database system was not properly shut down; "
                                939                 :                :                             "automatic recovery in progress")));
                                940         [ +  + ]:            101 :             if (recoveryTargetTLI > ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID)
                                941         [ +  - ]:              2 :                 ereport(LOG,
                                942                 :                :                         (errmsg("crash recovery starts in timeline %u "
                                943                 :                :                                 "and has target timeline %u",
                                944                 :                :                                 ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID,
                                945                 :                :                                 recoveryTargetTLI)));
                                946                 :            101 :             ControlFile->state = DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY;
                                947                 :                :         }
                                948                 :            242 :         ControlFile->checkPoint = CheckPointLoc;
                                949                 :            242 :         ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
                                950         [ +  + ]:            242 :         if (InArchiveRecovery)
                                951                 :                :         {
                                952                 :                :             /* initialize minRecoveryPoint if not set yet */
                                953         [ +  + ]:            141 :             if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < checkPoint.redo)
                                954                 :                :             {
                                955                 :             88 :                 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = checkPoint.redo;
                                956                 :             88 :                 ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
                                957                 :                :             }
                                958                 :                :         }
                                959                 :                : 
                                960                 :                :         /*
                                961                 :                :          * Set backupStartPoint if we're starting recovery from a base backup.
                                962                 :                :          *
                                963                 :                :          * Also set backupEndPoint and use minRecoveryPoint as the backup end
                                964                 :                :          * location if we're starting recovery from a base backup which was
                                965                 :                :          * taken from a standby. In this case, the database system status in
                                966                 :                :          * pg_control must indicate that the database was already in recovery.
                                967                 :                :          * Usually that will be DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY but also can be
                                968                 :                :          * DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY if recovery previously was interrupted
                                969                 :                :          * before reaching this point; e.g. because restore_command or
                                970                 :                :          * primary_conninfo were faulty.
                                971                 :                :          *
                                972                 :                :          * Any other state indicates that the backup somehow became corrupted
                                973                 :                :          * and we can't sensibly continue with recovery.
                                974                 :                :          */
                                975         [ +  + ]:            242 :         if (haveBackupLabel)
                                976                 :                :         {
                                977                 :             95 :             ControlFile->backupStartPoint = checkPoint.redo;
                                978                 :             95 :             ControlFile->backupEndRequired = backupEndRequired;
                                979                 :                : 
                                980         [ +  + ]:             95 :             if (backupFromStandby)
                                981                 :                :             {
                                982   [ -  +  -  - ]:             17 :                 if (dbstate_at_startup != DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY &&
                                983                 :                :                     dbstate_at_startup != DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      984         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(FATAL,
                                985                 :                :                             (errmsg("backup_label contains data inconsistent with control file"),
                                986                 :                :                              errhint("This means that the backup is corrupted and you will "
                                987                 :                :                                      "have to use another backup for recovery.")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i      988                 :CBC          17 :                 ControlFile->backupEndPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
                                989                 :                :             }
                                990                 :                :         }
                                991                 :                :     }
                                992                 :                : 
                                993                 :                :     /* remember these, so that we know when we have reached consistency */
                                994                 :            823 :     backupStartPoint = ControlFile->backupStartPoint;
                                995                 :            823 :     backupEndRequired = ControlFile->backupEndRequired;
                                996                 :            823 :     backupEndPoint = ControlFile->backupEndPoint;
                                997         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (InArchiveRecovery)
                                998                 :                :     {
                                999                 :            141 :         minRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
                               1000                 :            141 :         minRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
                               1001                 :                :     }
                               1002                 :                :     else
                               1003                 :                :     {
                               1004                 :            682 :         minRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1005                 :            682 :         minRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
                               1006                 :                :     }
                               1007                 :                : 
                               1008                 :                :     /*
                               1009                 :                :      * Start recovery assuming that the final record isn't lost.
                               1010                 :                :      */
                               1011                 :            823 :     abortedRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1012                 :            823 :     missingContrecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1013                 :                : 
                               1014                 :            823 :     *wasShutdown_ptr = wasShutdown;
                               1015                 :            823 :     *haveBackupLabel_ptr = haveBackupLabel;
                               1016                 :            823 :     *haveTblspcMap_ptr = haveTblspcMap;
                               1017                 :            823 : }
                               1018                 :                : 
                               1019                 :                : /*
                               1020                 :                :  * See if there are any recovery signal files and if so, set state for
                               1021                 :                :  * recovery.
                               1022                 :                :  *
                               1023                 :                :  * See if there is a recovery command file (recovery.conf), and if so
                               1024                 :                :  * throw an ERROR since as of PG12 we no longer recognize that.
                               1025                 :                :  */
                               1026                 :                : static void
                               1027                 :            823 : readRecoverySignalFile(void)
                               1028                 :                : {
                               1029                 :                :     struct stat stat_buf;
                               1030                 :                : 
                               1031         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
                               1032                 :            683 :         return;
                               1033                 :                : 
                               1034                 :                :     /*
                               1035                 :                :      * Check for old recovery API file: recovery.conf
                               1036                 :                :      */
                               1037         [ -  + ]:            784 :     if (stat(RECOVERY_COMMAND_FILE, &stat_buf) == 0)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1038         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1039                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1040                 :                :                  errmsg("using recovery command file \"%s\" is not supported",
                               1041                 :                :                         RECOVERY_COMMAND_FILE)));
                               1042                 :                : 
                               1043                 :                :     /*
                               1044                 :                :      * Remove unused .done file, if present. Ignore if absent.
                               1045                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1046                 :CBC         784 :     unlink(RECOVERY_COMMAND_DONE);
                               1047                 :                : 
                               1048                 :                :     /*
                               1049                 :                :      * Check for recovery signal files and if found, fsync them since they
                               1050                 :                :      * represent server state information.  We don't sweat too much about the
                               1051                 :                :      * possibility of fsync failure, however.
                               1052                 :                :      *
                               1053                 :                :      * If present, standby signal file takes precedence. If neither is present
                               1054                 :                :      * then we won't enter archive recovery.
                               1055                 :                :      */
                               1056         [ +  + ]:            784 :     if (stat(STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, &stat_buf) == 0)
                               1057                 :                :     {
                               1058                 :                :         int         fd;
                               1059                 :                : 
                               1060                 :            135 :         fd = BasicOpenFilePerm(STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY,
                               1061                 :                :                                S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
                               1062         [ +  - ]:            135 :         if (fd >= 0)
                               1063                 :                :         {
                               1064                 :            135 :             (void) pg_fsync(fd);
                               1065                 :            135 :             close(fd);
                               1066                 :                :         }
                               1067                 :            135 :         standby_signal_file_found = true;
                               1068                 :                :     }
                               1069         [ +  + ]:            649 :     else if (stat(RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, &stat_buf) == 0)
                               1070                 :                :     {
                               1071                 :                :         int         fd;
                               1072                 :                : 
                               1073                 :              5 :         fd = BasicOpenFilePerm(RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY,
                               1074                 :                :                                S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
                               1075         [ +  - ]:              5 :         if (fd >= 0)
                               1076                 :                :         {
                               1077                 :              5 :             (void) pg_fsync(fd);
                               1078                 :              5 :             close(fd);
                               1079                 :                :         }
                               1080                 :              5 :         recovery_signal_file_found = true;
                               1081                 :                :     }
                               1082                 :                : 
                               1083                 :            784 :     StandbyModeRequested = false;
                               1084                 :            784 :     ArchiveRecoveryRequested = false;
                               1085         [ +  + ]:            784 :     if (standby_signal_file_found)
                               1086                 :                :     {
                               1087                 :            135 :         StandbyModeRequested = true;
                               1088                 :            135 :         ArchiveRecoveryRequested = true;
                               1089                 :                :     }
                               1090         [ +  + ]:            649 :     else if (recovery_signal_file_found)
                               1091                 :                :     {
                               1092                 :              5 :         StandbyModeRequested = false;
                               1093                 :              5 :         ArchiveRecoveryRequested = true;
                               1094                 :                :     }
                               1095                 :                :     else
                               1096                 :            644 :         return;
                               1097                 :                : 
                               1098                 :                :     /*
                               1099                 :                :      * We don't support standby mode in standalone backends; that requires
                               1100                 :                :      * other processes such as the WAL receiver to be alive.
                               1101                 :                :      */
                               1102   [ +  +  -  + ]:            140 :     if (StandbyModeRequested && !IsUnderPostmaster)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1103         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1104                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               1105                 :                :                  errmsg("standby mode is not supported by single-user servers")));
                               1106                 :                : }
                               1107                 :                : 
                               1108                 :                : static void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1109                 :CBC         823 : validateRecoveryParameters(void)
                               1110                 :                : {
                               1111         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (!ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               1112                 :            683 :         return;
                               1113                 :                : 
                               1114                 :                :     /*
                               1115                 :                :      * Check for compulsory parameters
                               1116                 :                :      */
                               1117         [ +  + ]:            140 :     if (StandbyModeRequested)
                               1118                 :                :     {
                               1119   [ +  -  +  + ]:            135 :         if ((PrimaryConnInfo == NULL || strcmp(PrimaryConnInfo, "") == 0) &&
                               1120   [ +  -  +  + ]:             18 :             (recoveryRestoreCommand == NULL || strcmp(recoveryRestoreCommand, "") == 0))
                               1121         [ +  - ]:              2 :             ereport(WARNING,
                               1122                 :                :                     (errmsg("specified neither primary_conninfo nor restore_command"),
                               1123                 :                :                      errhint("The database server will regularly poll the pg_wal subdirectory to check for files placed there.")));
                               1124                 :                :     }
                               1125                 :                :     else
                               1126                 :                :     {
                               1127         [ +  - ]:              5 :         if (recoveryRestoreCommand == NULL ||
                               1128         [ -  + ]:              5 :             strcmp(recoveryRestoreCommand, "") == 0)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1129         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1130                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1131                 :                :                      errmsg("must specify restore_command when standby mode is not enabled")));
                               1132                 :                :     }
                               1133                 :                : 
                               1134                 :                :     /*
                               1135                 :                :      * Override any inconsistent requests. Note that this is a change of
                               1136                 :                :      * behaviour in 9.5; prior to this we simply ignored a request to pause if
                               1137                 :                :      * hot_standby = off, which was surprising behaviour.
                               1138                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1139         [ +  + ]:CBC         140 :     if (recoveryTargetAction == RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PAUSE &&
                               1140         [ +  + ]:            133 :         !EnableHotStandby)
                               1141                 :              2 :         recoveryTargetAction = RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_SHUTDOWN;
                               1142                 :                : 
                               1143                 :                :     /*
                               1144                 :                :      * Final parsing of recovery_target_time string; see also
                               1145                 :                :      * check_recovery_target_time().
                               1146                 :                :      */
                               1147         [ +  + ]:            140 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME)
                               1148                 :                :     {
                               1149                 :              2 :         recoveryTargetTime = DatumGetTimestampTz(DirectFunctionCall3(timestamptz_in,
                               1150                 :                :                                                                      CStringGetDatum(recovery_target_time_string),
                               1151                 :                :                                                                      ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid),
                               1152                 :                :                                                                      Int32GetDatum(-1)));
                               1153                 :                :     }
                               1154                 :                : 
                               1155                 :                :     /*
                               1156                 :                :      * If user specified recovery_target_timeline, validate it or compute the
                               1157                 :                :      * "latest" value.  We can't do this until after we've gotten the restore
                               1158                 :                :      * command and set InArchiveRecovery, because we need to fetch timeline
                               1159                 :                :      * history files from the archive.
                               1160                 :                :      */
                               1161         [ -  + ]:            140 :     if (recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_NUMERIC)
                               1162                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1163                 :UBC           0 :         TimeLineID  rtli = recoveryTargetTLIRequested;
                               1164                 :                : 
                               1165                 :                :         /* Timeline 1 does not have a history file, all else should */
                               1166   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :         if (rtli != 1 && !existsTimeLineHistory(rtli))
                               1167         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1168                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               1169                 :                :                      errmsg("recovery target timeline %u does not exist",
                               1170                 :                :                             rtli)));
                               1171                 :              0 :         recoveryTargetTLI = rtli;
                               1172                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1173         [ +  - ]:CBC         140 :     else if (recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST)
                               1174                 :                :     {
                               1175                 :                :         /* We start the "latest" search from pg_control's timeline */
                               1176                 :            140 :         recoveryTargetTLI = findNewestTimeLine(recoveryTargetTLI);
                               1177                 :                :     }
                               1178                 :                :     else
                               1179                 :                :     {
                               1180                 :                :         /*
                               1181                 :                :          * else we just use the recoveryTargetTLI as already read from
                               1182                 :                :          * ControlFile
                               1183                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1184         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         Assert(recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_CONTROLFILE);
                               1185                 :                :     }
                               1186                 :                : }
                               1187                 :                : 
                               1188                 :                : /*
                               1189                 :                :  * read_backup_label: check to see if a backup_label file is present
                               1190                 :                :  *
                               1191                 :                :  * If we see a backup_label during recovery, we assume that we are recovering
                               1192                 :                :  * from a backup dump file, and we therefore roll forward from the checkpoint
                               1193                 :                :  * identified by the label file, NOT what pg_control says.  This avoids the
                               1194                 :                :  * problem that pg_control might have been archived one or more checkpoints
                               1195                 :                :  * later than the start of the dump, and so if we rely on it as the start
                               1196                 :                :  * point, we will fail to restore a consistent database state.
                               1197                 :                :  *
                               1198                 :                :  * Returns true if a backup_label was found (and fills the checkpoint
                               1199                 :                :  * location and TLI into *checkPointLoc and *backupLabelTLI, respectively);
                               1200                 :                :  * returns false if not. If this backup_label came from a streamed backup,
                               1201                 :                :  * *backupEndRequired is set to true. If this backup_label was created during
                               1202                 :                :  * recovery, *backupFromStandby is set to true.
                               1203                 :                :  *
                               1204                 :                :  * Also sets the global variables RedoStartLSN and RedoStartTLI with the LSN
                               1205                 :                :  * and TLI read from the backup file.
                               1206                 :                :  */
                               1207                 :                : static bool
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1208                 :CBC         823 : read_backup_label(XLogRecPtr *checkPointLoc, TimeLineID *backupLabelTLI,
                               1209                 :                :                   bool *backupEndRequired, bool *backupFromStandby)
                               1210                 :                : {
                               1211                 :                :     char        startxlogfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
                               1212                 :                :     TimeLineID  tli_from_walseg,
                               1213                 :                :                 tli_from_file;
                               1214                 :                :     FILE       *lfp;
                               1215                 :                :     char        ch;
                               1216                 :                :     char        backuptype[20];
                               1217                 :                :     char        backupfrom[20];
                               1218                 :                :     char        backuplabel[MAXPGPATH];
                               1219                 :                :     char        backuptime[128];
                               1220                 :                :     uint32      hi,
                               1221                 :                :                 lo;
                               1222                 :                : 
                               1223                 :                :     /* suppress possible uninitialized-variable warnings */
                               1224                 :            823 :     *checkPointLoc = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1225                 :            823 :     *backupLabelTLI = 0;
                               1226                 :            823 :     *backupEndRequired = false;
                               1227                 :            823 :     *backupFromStandby = false;
                               1228                 :                : 
                               1229                 :                :     /*
                               1230                 :                :      * See if label file is present
                               1231                 :                :      */
                               1232                 :            823 :     lfp = AllocateFile(BACKUP_LABEL_FILE, "r");
                               1233         [ +  + ]:            823 :     if (!lfp)
                               1234                 :                :     {
                               1235         [ -  + ]:            728 :         if (errno != ENOENT)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1236         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1237                 :                :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1238                 :                :                      errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                               1239                 :                :                             BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1240                 :CBC         728 :         return false;           /* it's not there, all is fine */
                               1241                 :                :     }
                               1242                 :                : 
                               1243                 :                :     /*
                               1244                 :                :      * Read and parse the START WAL LOCATION and CHECKPOINT lines (this code
                               1245                 :                :      * is pretty crude, but we are not expecting any variability in the file
                               1246                 :                :      * format).
                               1247                 :                :      */
                               1248         [ +  - ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "START WAL LOCATION: %X/%X (file %08X%16s)%c",
                               1249         [ -  + ]:             95 :                &hi, &lo, &tli_from_walseg, startxlogfilename, &ch) != 5 || ch != '\n')
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1250         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1251                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1252                 :                :                  errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1253                 :CBC          95 :     RedoStartLSN = ((uint64) hi) << 32 | lo;
                               1254                 :             95 :     RedoStartTLI = tli_from_walseg;
                               1255         [ +  - ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "CHECKPOINT LOCATION: %X/%X%c",
                               1256         [ -  + ]:             95 :                &hi, &lo, &ch) != 3 || ch != '\n')
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1257         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1258                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1259                 :                :                  errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1260                 :CBC          95 :     *checkPointLoc = ((uint64) hi) << 32 | lo;
                               1261                 :             95 :     *backupLabelTLI = tli_from_walseg;
                               1262                 :                : 
                               1263                 :                :     /*
                               1264                 :                :      * BACKUP METHOD lets us know if this was a typical backup ("streamed",
                               1265                 :                :      * which could mean either pg_basebackup or the pg_backup_start/stop
                               1266                 :                :      * method was used) or if this label came from somewhere else (the only
                               1267                 :                :      * other option today being from pg_rewind).  If this was a streamed
                               1268                 :                :      * backup then we know that we need to play through until we get to the
                               1269                 :                :      * end of the WAL which was generated during the backup (at which point we
                               1270                 :                :      * will have reached consistency and backupEndRequired will be reset to be
                               1271                 :                :      * false).
                               1272                 :                :      */
                               1273         [ +  - ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "BACKUP METHOD: %19s\n", backuptype) == 1)
                               1274                 :                :     {
                               1275         [ +  + ]:             95 :         if (strcmp(backuptype, "streamed") == 0)
                               1276                 :             84 :             *backupEndRequired = true;
                               1277                 :                :     }
                               1278                 :                : 
                               1279                 :                :     /*
                               1280                 :                :      * BACKUP FROM lets us know if this was from a primary or a standby.  If
                               1281                 :                :      * it was from a standby, we'll double-check that the control file state
                               1282                 :                :      * matches that of a standby.
                               1283                 :                :      */
                               1284         [ +  - ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "BACKUP FROM: %19s\n", backupfrom) == 1)
                               1285                 :                :     {
                               1286         [ +  + ]:             95 :         if (strcmp(backupfrom, "standby") == 0)
                               1287                 :             17 :             *backupFromStandby = true;
                               1288                 :                :     }
                               1289                 :                : 
                               1290                 :                :     /*
                               1291                 :                :      * Parse START TIME and LABEL. Those are not mandatory fields for recovery
                               1292                 :                :      * but checking for their presence is useful for debugging and the next
                               1293                 :                :      * sanity checks. Cope also with the fact that the result buffers have a
                               1294                 :                :      * pre-allocated size, hence if the backup_label file has been generated
                               1295                 :                :      * with strings longer than the maximum assumed here an incorrect parsing
                               1296                 :                :      * happens. That's fine as only minor consistency checks are done
                               1297                 :                :      * afterwards.
                               1298                 :                :      */
                               1299         [ +  - ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "START TIME: %127[^\n]\n", backuptime) == 1)
                               1300         [ +  + ]:             95 :         ereport(DEBUG1,
                               1301                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("backup time %s in file \"%s\"",
                               1302                 :                :                                  backuptime, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
                               1303                 :                : 
                               1304         [ +  + ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "LABEL: %1023[^\n]\n", backuplabel) == 1)
                               1305         [ +  + ]:             84 :         ereport(DEBUG1,
                               1306                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("backup label %s in file \"%s\"",
                               1307                 :                :                                  backuplabel, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
                               1308                 :                : 
                               1309                 :                :     /*
                               1310                 :                :      * START TIMELINE is new as of 11. Its parsing is not mandatory, still use
                               1311                 :                :      * it as a sanity check if present.
                               1312                 :                :      */
                               1313         [ +  + ]:             95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "START TIMELINE: %u\n", &tli_from_file) == 1)
                               1314                 :                :     {
                               1315         [ -  + ]:             84 :         if (tli_from_walseg != tli_from_file)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1316         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1317                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1318                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", BACKUP_LABEL_FILE),
                               1319                 :                :                      errdetail("Timeline ID parsed is %u, but expected %u.",
                               1320                 :                :                                tli_from_file, tli_from_walseg)));
                               1321                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1322         [ +  + ]:CBC          84 :         ereport(DEBUG1,
                               1323                 :                :                 (errmsg_internal("backup timeline %u in file \"%s\"",
                               1324                 :                :                                  tli_from_file, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
                               1325                 :                :     }
                               1326                 :                : 
  116 rhaas@postgresql.org     1327         [ -  + ]:GNC          95 :     if (fscanf(lfp, "INCREMENTAL FROM LSN: %X/%X\n", &hi, &lo) > 0)
  116 rhaas@postgresql.org     1328         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1329                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1330                 :                :                  errmsg("this is an incremental backup, not a data directory"),
                               1331                 :                :                  errhint("Use pg_combinebackup to reconstruct a valid data directory.")));
                               1332                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1333   [ +  -  -  + ]:CBC          95 :     if (ferror(lfp) || FreeFile(lfp))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1334         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1335                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1336                 :                :                  errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                               1337                 :                :                         BACKUP_LABEL_FILE)));
                               1338                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1339                 :CBC          95 :     return true;
                               1340                 :                : }
                               1341                 :                : 
                               1342                 :                : /*
                               1343                 :                :  * read_tablespace_map: check to see if a tablespace_map file is present
                               1344                 :                :  *
                               1345                 :                :  * If we see a tablespace_map file during recovery, we assume that we are
                               1346                 :                :  * recovering from a backup dump file, and we therefore need to create symlinks
                               1347                 :                :  * as per the information present in tablespace_map file.
                               1348                 :                :  *
                               1349                 :                :  * Returns true if a tablespace_map file was found (and fills *tablespaces
                               1350                 :                :  * with a tablespaceinfo struct for each tablespace listed in the file);
                               1351                 :                :  * returns false if not.
                               1352                 :                :  */
                               1353                 :                : static bool
                               1354                 :             95 : read_tablespace_map(List **tablespaces)
                               1355                 :                : {
                               1356                 :                :     tablespaceinfo *ti;
                               1357                 :                :     FILE       *lfp;
                               1358                 :                :     char        str[MAXPGPATH];
                               1359                 :                :     int         ch,
                               1360                 :                :                 i,
                               1361                 :                :                 n;
                               1362                 :                :     bool        was_backslash;
                               1363                 :                : 
                               1364                 :                :     /*
                               1365                 :                :      * See if tablespace_map file is present
                               1366                 :                :      */
                               1367                 :             95 :     lfp = AllocateFile(TABLESPACE_MAP, "r");
                               1368         [ +  + ]:             95 :     if (!lfp)
                               1369                 :                :     {
                               1370         [ -  + ]:             94 :         if (errno != ENOENT)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1371         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1372                 :                :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1373                 :                :                      errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                               1374                 :                :                             TABLESPACE_MAP)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1375                 :CBC          94 :         return false;           /* it's not there, all is fine */
                               1376                 :                :     }
                               1377                 :                : 
                               1378                 :                :     /*
                               1379                 :                :      * Read and parse the link name and path lines from tablespace_map file
                               1380                 :                :      * (this code is pretty crude, but we are not expecting any variability in
                               1381                 :                :      * the file format).  De-escape any backslashes that were inserted.
                               1382                 :                :      */
                               1383                 :              1 :     i = 0;
                               1384                 :              1 :     was_backslash = false;
                               1385         [ +  + ]:             46 :     while ((ch = fgetc(lfp)) != EOF)
                               1386                 :                :     {
                               1387   [ +  -  +  +  :             45 :         if (!was_backslash && (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'))
                                              -  + ]
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1388                 :GIC           1 :         {
                               1389                 :                :             char       *endp;
                               1390                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1391         [ -  + ]:CBC           1 :             if (i == 0)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1392                 :UBC           0 :                 continue;       /* \r immediately followed by \n */
                               1393                 :                : 
                               1394                 :                :             /*
                               1395                 :                :              * The de-escaped line should contain an OID followed by exactly
                               1396                 :                :              * one space followed by a path.  The path might start with
                               1397                 :                :              * spaces, so don't be too liberal about parsing.
                               1398                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1399                 :CBC           1 :             str[i] = '\0';
                               1400                 :              1 :             n = 0;
                               1401   [ +  -  +  + ]:              6 :             while (str[n] && str[n] != ' ')
                               1402                 :              5 :                 n++;
                               1403   [ +  -  -  + ]:              1 :             if (n < 1 || n >= i - 1)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1404         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(FATAL,
                               1405                 :                :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1406                 :                :                          errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", TABLESPACE_MAP)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1407                 :CBC           1 :             str[n++] = '\0';
                               1408                 :                : 
                               1409                 :              1 :             ti = palloc0(sizeof(tablespaceinfo));
  174 rhaas@postgresql.org     1410                 :GNC           1 :             errno = 0;
                               1411                 :              1 :             ti->oid = strtoul(str, &endp, 10);
                               1412   [ +  -  +  -  :              1 :             if (*endp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
                                              -  + ]
  174 rhaas@postgresql.org     1413         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :                 ereport(FATAL,
                               1414                 :                :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1415                 :                :                          errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", TABLESPACE_MAP)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1416                 :CBC           1 :             ti->path = pstrdup(str + n);
                               1417                 :              1 :             *tablespaces = lappend(*tablespaces, ti);
                               1418                 :                : 
                               1419                 :              1 :             i = 0;
                               1420                 :              1 :             continue;
                               1421                 :                :         }
                               1422   [ +  -  -  + ]:             44 :         else if (!was_backslash && ch == '\\')
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1423                 :UBC           0 :             was_backslash = true;
                               1424                 :                :         else
                               1425                 :                :         {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1426         [ +  - ]:CBC          44 :             if (i < sizeof(str) - 1)
                               1427                 :             44 :                 str[i++] = ch;
                               1428                 :             44 :             was_backslash = false;
                               1429                 :                :         }
                               1430                 :                :     }
                               1431                 :                : 
                               1432   [ +  -  -  + ]:              1 :     if (i != 0 || was_backslash)    /* last line not terminated? */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1433         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1434                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1435                 :                :                  errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", TABLESPACE_MAP)));
                               1436                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1437   [ +  -  -  + ]:CBC           1 :     if (ferror(lfp) || FreeFile(lfp))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1438         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1439                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1440                 :                :                  errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                               1441                 :                :                         TABLESPACE_MAP)));
                               1442                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1443                 :CBC           1 :     return true;
                               1444                 :                : }
                               1445                 :                : 
                               1446                 :                : /*
                               1447                 :                :  * Finish WAL recovery.
                               1448                 :                :  *
                               1449                 :                :  * This does not close the 'xlogreader' yet, because in some cases the caller
                               1450                 :                :  * still wants to re-read the last checkpoint record by calling
                               1451                 :                :  * ReadCheckpointRecord().
                               1452                 :                :  *
                               1453                 :                :  * Returns the position of the last valid or applied record, after which new
                               1454                 :                :  * WAL should be appended, information about why recovery was ended, and some
                               1455                 :                :  * other things. See the EndOfWalRecoveryInfo struct for details.
                               1456                 :                :  */
                               1457                 :                : EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *
                               1458                 :            729 : FinishWalRecovery(void)
                               1459                 :                : {
                               1460                 :            729 :     EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *result = palloc(sizeof(EndOfWalRecoveryInfo));
                               1461                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  lastRec;
                               1462                 :                :     TimeLineID  lastRecTLI;
                               1463                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  endOfLog;
                               1464                 :                : 
                               1465                 :                :     /*
                               1466                 :                :      * Kill WAL receiver, if it's still running, before we continue to write
                               1467                 :                :      * the startup checkpoint and aborted-contrecord records. It will trump
                               1468                 :                :      * over these records and subsequent ones if it's still alive when we
                               1469                 :                :      * start writing WAL.
                               1470                 :                :      */
                               1471                 :            729 :     XLogShutdownWalRcv();
                               1472                 :                : 
                               1473                 :                :     /*
                               1474                 :                :      * Shutdown the slot sync worker to drop any temporary slots acquired by
                               1475                 :                :      * it and to prevent it from keep trying to fetch the failover slots.
                               1476                 :                :      *
                               1477                 :                :      * We do not update the 'synced' column in 'pg_replication_slots' system
                               1478                 :                :      * view from true to false here, as any failed update could leave 'synced'
                               1479                 :                :      * column false for some slots. This could cause issues during slot sync
                               1480                 :                :      * after restarting the server as a standby. While updating the 'synced'
                               1481                 :                :      * column after switching to the new timeline is an option, it does not
                               1482                 :                :      * simplify the handling for the 'synced' column. Therefore, we retain the
                               1483                 :                :      * 'synced' column as true after promotion as it may provide useful
                               1484                 :                :      * information about the slot origin.
                               1485                 :                :      */
   52 akapila@postgresql.o     1486                 :GNC         729 :     ShutDownSlotSync();
                               1487                 :                : 
                               1488                 :                :     /*
                               1489                 :                :      * We are now done reading the xlog from stream. Turn off streaming
                               1490                 :                :      * recovery to force fetching the files (which would be required at end of
                               1491                 :                :      * recovery, e.g., timeline history file) from archive or pg_wal.
                               1492                 :                :      *
                               1493                 :                :      * Note that standby mode must be turned off after killing WAL receiver,
                               1494                 :                :      * i.e., calling XLogShutdownWalRcv().
                               1495                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1496         [ -  + ]:CBC         729 :     Assert(!WalRcvStreaming());
                               1497                 :            729 :     StandbyMode = false;
                               1498                 :                : 
                               1499                 :                :     /*
                               1500                 :                :      * Determine where to start writing WAL next.
                               1501                 :                :      *
                               1502                 :                :      * Re-fetch the last valid or last applied record, so we can identify the
                               1503                 :                :      * exact endpoint of what we consider the valid portion of WAL.  There may
                               1504                 :                :      * be an incomplete continuation record after that, in which case
                               1505                 :                :      * 'abortedRecPtr' and 'missingContrecPtr' are set and the caller will
                               1506                 :                :      * write a special OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message to mark that the rest of
                               1507                 :                :      * it is intentionally missing.  See CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord().
                               1508                 :                :      *
                               1509                 :                :      * An important side-effect of this is to load the last page into
                               1510                 :                :      * xlogreader. The caller uses it to initialize the WAL for writing.
                               1511                 :                :      */
                               1512         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (!InRecovery)
                               1513                 :                :     {
                               1514                 :            581 :         lastRec = CheckPointLoc;
                               1515                 :            581 :         lastRecTLI = CheckPointTLI;
                               1516                 :                :     }
                               1517                 :                :     else
                               1518                 :                :     {
                               1519                 :            148 :         lastRec = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedReadRecPtr;
                               1520                 :            148 :         lastRecTLI = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI;
                               1521                 :                :     }
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1522                 :            729 :     XLogPrefetcherBeginRead(xlogprefetcher, lastRec);
                               1523                 :            729 :     (void) ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, PANIC, false, lastRecTLI);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1524                 :            729 :     endOfLog = xlogreader->EndRecPtr;
                               1525                 :                : 
                               1526                 :                :     /*
                               1527                 :                :      * Remember the TLI in the filename of the XLOG segment containing the
                               1528                 :                :      * end-of-log.  It could be different from the timeline that endOfLog
                               1529                 :                :      * nominally belongs to, if there was a timeline switch in that segment,
                               1530                 :                :      * and we were reading the old WAL from a segment belonging to a higher
                               1531                 :                :      * timeline.
                               1532                 :                :      */
                               1533                 :            729 :     result->endOfLogTLI = xlogreader->seg.ws_tli;
                               1534                 :                : 
                               1535         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               1536                 :                :     {
                               1537                 :                :         /*
                               1538                 :                :          * We are no longer in archive recovery state.
                               1539                 :                :          *
                               1540                 :                :          * We are now done reading the old WAL.  Turn off archive fetching if
                               1541                 :                :          * it was active.
                               1542                 :                :          */
                               1543         [ -  + ]:             46 :         Assert(InArchiveRecovery);
                               1544                 :             46 :         InArchiveRecovery = false;
                               1545                 :                : 
                               1546                 :                :         /*
                               1547                 :                :          * If the ending log segment is still open, close it (to avoid
                               1548                 :                :          * problems on Windows with trying to rename or delete an open file).
                               1549                 :                :          */
                               1550         [ +  - ]:             46 :         if (readFile >= 0)
                               1551                 :                :         {
                               1552                 :             46 :             close(readFile);
                               1553                 :             46 :             readFile = -1;
                               1554                 :                :         }
                               1555                 :                :     }
                               1556                 :                : 
                               1557                 :                :     /*
                               1558                 :                :      * Copy the last partial block to the caller, for initializing the WAL
                               1559                 :                :      * buffer for appending new WAL.
                               1560                 :                :      */
                               1561         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (endOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
                               1562                 :                :     {
                               1563                 :                :         char       *page;
                               1564                 :                :         int         len;
                               1565                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  pageBeginPtr;
                               1566                 :                : 
                               1567                 :            713 :         pageBeginPtr = endOfLog - (endOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ);
                               1568         [ -  + ]:            713 :         Assert(readOff == XLogSegmentOffset(pageBeginPtr, wal_segment_size));
                               1569                 :                : 
                               1570                 :                :         /* Copy the valid part of the last block */
                               1571                 :            713 :         len = endOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
                               1572                 :            713 :         page = palloc(len);
                               1573                 :            713 :         memcpy(page, xlogreader->readBuf, len);
                               1574                 :                : 
                               1575                 :            713 :         result->lastPageBeginPtr = pageBeginPtr;
                               1576                 :            713 :         result->lastPage = page;
                               1577                 :                :     }
                               1578                 :                :     else
                               1579                 :                :     {
                               1580                 :                :         /* There is no partial block to copy. */
                               1581                 :             16 :         result->lastPageBeginPtr = endOfLog;
                               1582                 :             16 :         result->lastPage = NULL;
                               1583                 :                :     }
                               1584                 :                : 
                               1585                 :                :     /*
                               1586                 :                :      * Create a comment for the history file to explain why and where timeline
                               1587                 :                :      * changed.
                               1588                 :                :      */
                               1589                 :            729 :     result->recoveryStopReason = getRecoveryStopReason();
                               1590                 :                : 
                               1591                 :            729 :     result->lastRec = lastRec;
                               1592                 :            729 :     result->lastRecTLI = lastRecTLI;
                               1593                 :            729 :     result->endOfLog = endOfLog;
                               1594                 :                : 
                               1595                 :            729 :     result->abortedRecPtr = abortedRecPtr;
                               1596                 :            729 :     result->missingContrecPtr = missingContrecPtr;
                               1597                 :                : 
                               1598                 :            729 :     result->standby_signal_file_found = standby_signal_file_found;
                               1599                 :            729 :     result->recovery_signal_file_found = recovery_signal_file_found;
                               1600                 :                : 
                               1601                 :            729 :     return result;
                               1602                 :                : }
                               1603                 :                : 
                               1604                 :                : /*
                               1605                 :                :  * Clean up the WAL reader and leftovers from restoring WAL from archive
                               1606                 :                :  */
                               1607                 :                : void
                               1608                 :            729 : ShutdownWalRecovery(void)
                               1609                 :                : {
                               1610                 :                :     char        recoveryPath[MAXPGPATH];
                               1611                 :                : 
                               1612                 :                :     /* Final update of pg_stat_recovery_prefetch. */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1613                 :            729 :     XLogPrefetcherComputeStats(xlogprefetcher);
                               1614                 :                : 
                               1615                 :                :     /* Shut down xlogreader */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1616         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (readFile >= 0)
                               1617                 :                :     {
                               1618                 :            683 :         close(readFile);
                               1619                 :            683 :         readFile = -1;
                               1620                 :                :     }
                               1621                 :            729 :     XLogReaderFree(xlogreader);
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1622                 :            729 :     XLogPrefetcherFree(xlogprefetcher);
                               1623                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1624         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               1625                 :                :     {
                               1626                 :                :         /*
                               1627                 :                :          * Since there might be a partial WAL segment named RECOVERYXLOG, get
                               1628                 :                :          * rid of it.
                               1629                 :                :          */
                               1630                 :             46 :         snprintf(recoveryPath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/RECOVERYXLOG");
                               1631                 :             46 :         unlink(recoveryPath);   /* ignore any error */
                               1632                 :                : 
                               1633                 :                :         /* Get rid of any remaining recovered timeline-history file, too */
                               1634                 :             46 :         snprintf(recoveryPath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/RECOVERYHISTORY");
                               1635                 :             46 :         unlink(recoveryPath);   /* ignore any error */
                               1636                 :                :     }
                               1637                 :                : 
                               1638                 :                :     /*
                               1639                 :                :      * We don't need the latch anymore. It's not strictly necessary to disown
                               1640                 :                :      * it, but let's do it for the sake of tidiness.
                               1641                 :                :      */
                               1642         [ +  + ]:            729 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               1643                 :             46 :         DisownLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                               1644                 :            729 : }
                               1645                 :                : 
                               1646                 :                : /*
                               1647                 :                :  * Perform WAL recovery.
                               1648                 :                :  *
                               1649                 :                :  * If the system was shut down cleanly, this is never called.
                               1650                 :                :  */
                               1651                 :                : void
                               1652                 :            242 : PerformWalRecovery(void)
                               1653                 :                : {
                               1654                 :                :     XLogRecord *record;
                               1655                 :            242 :     bool        reachedRecoveryTarget = false;
                               1656                 :                :     TimeLineID  replayTLI;
                               1657                 :                : 
                               1658                 :                :     /*
                               1659                 :                :      * Initialize shared variables for tracking progress of WAL replay, as if
                               1660                 :                :      * we had just replayed the record before the REDO location (or the
                               1661                 :                :      * checkpoint record itself, if it's a shutdown checkpoint).
                               1662                 :                :      */
                               1663         [ -  + ]:            242 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               1664         [ +  + ]:            242 :     if (RedoStartLSN < CheckPointLoc)
                               1665                 :                :     {
                               1666                 :            143 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedReadRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1667                 :            143 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr = RedoStartLSN;
                               1668                 :            143 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI = RedoStartTLI;
                               1669                 :                :     }
                               1670                 :                :     else
                               1671                 :                :     {
                               1672                 :             99 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedReadRecPtr = xlogreader->ReadRecPtr;
                               1673                 :             99 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr = xlogreader->EndRecPtr;
                               1674                 :             99 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI = CheckPointTLI;
                               1675                 :                :     }
                               1676                 :            242 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndRecPtr = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr;
                               1677                 :            242 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndTLI = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI;
                               1678                 :            242 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryLastXTime = 0;
                               1679                 :            242 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->currentChunkStartTime = 0;
                               1680                 :            242 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState = RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED;
                               1681                 :            242 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               1682                 :                : 
                               1683                 :                :     /* Also ensure XLogReceiptTime has a sane value */
                               1684                 :            242 :     XLogReceiptTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1685                 :                : 
                               1686                 :                :     /*
                               1687                 :                :      * Let postmaster know we've started redo now, so that it can launch the
                               1688                 :                :      * archiver if necessary.
                               1689                 :                :      */
                               1690         [ +  + ]:            242 :     if (IsUnderPostmaster)
                               1691                 :            233 :         SendPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_STARTED);
                               1692                 :                : 
                               1693                 :                :     /*
                               1694                 :                :      * Allow read-only connections immediately if we're consistent already.
                               1695                 :                :      */
                               1696                 :            242 :     CheckRecoveryConsistency();
                               1697                 :                : 
                               1698                 :                :     /*
                               1699                 :                :      * Find the first record that logically follows the checkpoint --- it
                               1700                 :                :      * might physically precede it, though.
                               1701                 :                :      */
                               1702         [ +  + ]:            242 :     if (RedoStartLSN < CheckPointLoc)
                               1703                 :                :     {
                               1704                 :                :         /* back up to find the record */
                               1705                 :            143 :         replayTLI = RedoStartTLI;
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1706                 :            143 :         XLogPrefetcherBeginRead(xlogprefetcher, RedoStartLSN);
                               1707                 :            143 :         record = ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, PANIC, false, replayTLI);
                               1708                 :                : 
                               1709                 :                :         /*
                               1710                 :                :          * If a checkpoint record's redo pointer points back to an earlier
                               1711                 :                :          * LSN, the record at that LSN should be an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
                               1712                 :                :          * record.
                               1713                 :                :          */
  178 rhaas@postgresql.org     1714         [ +  - ]:GNC         143 :         if (record->xl_rmid != RM_XLOG_ID ||
                               1715         [ -  + ]:            143 :             (record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
  178 rhaas@postgresql.org     1716         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1717                 :                :                     (errmsg("unexpected record type found at redo point %X/%X",
                               1718                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr))));
                               1719                 :                :     }
                               1720                 :                :     else
                               1721                 :                :     {
                               1722                 :                :         /* just have to read next record after CheckPoint */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1723         [ -  + ]:CBC          99 :         Assert(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr == CheckPointLoc);
                               1724                 :             99 :         replayTLI = CheckPointTLI;
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1725                 :             99 :         record = ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, LOG, false, replayTLI);
                               1726                 :                :     }
                               1727                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1728         [ +  + ]:            241 :     if (record != NULL)
                               1729                 :                :     {
                               1730                 :                :         TimestampTz xtime;
                               1731                 :                :         PGRUsage    ru0;
                               1732                 :                : 
                               1733                 :            232 :         pg_rusage_init(&ru0);
                               1734                 :                : 
                               1735                 :            232 :         InRedo = true;
                               1736                 :                : 
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     1737                 :            232 :         RmgrStartup();
                               1738                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1739         [ +  - ]:            232 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1740                 :                :                 (errmsg("redo starts at %X/%X",
                               1741                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr))));
                               1742                 :                : 
                               1743                 :                :         /* Prepare to report progress of the redo phase. */
                               1744         [ +  + ]:            232 :         if (!StandbyMode)
                               1745                 :            105 :             begin_startup_progress_phase();
                               1746                 :                : 
                               1747                 :                :         /*
                               1748                 :                :          * main redo apply loop
                               1749                 :                :          */
                               1750                 :                :         do
                               1751                 :                :         {
                               1752         [ +  + ]:        2982028 :             if (!StandbyMode)
                               1753   [ -  +  -  - ]:         270868 :                 ereport_startup_progress("redo in progress, elapsed time: %ld.%02d s, current LSN: %X/%X",
                               1754                 :                :                                          LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr));
                               1755                 :                : 
                               1756                 :                : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
                               1757                 :                :             if (XLOG_DEBUG)
                               1758                 :                :             {
                               1759                 :                :                 StringInfoData buf;
                               1760                 :                : 
                               1761                 :                :                 initStringInfo(&buf);
                               1762                 :                :                 appendStringInfo(&buf, "REDO @ %X/%X; LSN %X/%X: ",
                               1763                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr),
                               1764                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->EndRecPtr));
                               1765                 :                :                 xlog_outrec(&buf, xlogreader);
                               1766                 :                :                 appendStringInfoString(&buf, " - ");
                               1767                 :                :                 xlog_outdesc(&buf, xlogreader);
                               1768                 :                :                 elog(LOG, "%s", buf.data);
                               1769                 :                :                 pfree(buf.data);
                               1770                 :                :             }
                               1771                 :                : #endif
                               1772                 :                : 
                               1773                 :                :             /* Handle interrupt signals of startup process */
                               1774                 :        2982028 :             HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               1775                 :                : 
                               1776                 :                :             /*
                               1777                 :                :              * Pause WAL replay, if requested by a hot-standby session via
                               1778                 :                :              * SetRecoveryPause().
                               1779                 :                :              *
                               1780                 :                :              * Note that we intentionally don't take the info_lck spinlock
                               1781                 :                :              * here.  We might therefore read a slightly stale value of the
                               1782                 :                :              * recoveryPause flag, but it can't be very stale (no worse than
                               1783                 :                :              * the last spinlock we did acquire).  Since a pause request is a
                               1784                 :                :              * pretty asynchronous thing anyway, possibly responding to it one
                               1785                 :                :              * WAL record later than we otherwise would is a minor issue, so
                               1786                 :                :              * it doesn't seem worth adding another spinlock cycle to prevent
                               1787                 :                :              * that.
                               1788                 :                :              */
                               1789         [ -  + ]:        2982028 :             if (((volatile XLogRecoveryCtlData *) XLogRecoveryCtl)->recoveryPauseState !=
                               1790                 :                :                 RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1791                 :UBC           0 :                 recoveryPausesHere(false);
                               1792                 :                : 
                               1793                 :                :             /*
                               1794                 :                :              * Have we reached our recovery target?
                               1795                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1796         [ +  + ]:CBC     2982028 :             if (recoveryStopsBefore(xlogreader))
                               1797                 :                :             {
                               1798                 :              4 :                 reachedRecoveryTarget = true;
                               1799                 :              4 :                 break;
                               1800                 :                :             }
                               1801                 :                : 
                               1802                 :                :             /*
                               1803                 :                :              * If we've been asked to lag the primary, wait on latch until
                               1804                 :                :              * enough time has passed.
                               1805                 :                :              */
                               1806         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :             if (recoveryApplyDelay(xlogreader))
                               1807                 :                :             {
                               1808                 :                :                 /*
                               1809                 :                :                  * We test for paused recovery again here. If user sets
                               1810                 :                :                  * delayed apply, it may be because they expect to pause
                               1811                 :                :                  * recovery in case of problems, so we must test again here
                               1812                 :                :                  * otherwise pausing during the delay-wait wouldn't work.
                               1813                 :                :                  */
                               1814         [ -  + ]:              4 :                 if (((volatile XLogRecoveryCtlData *) XLogRecoveryCtl)->recoveryPauseState !=
                               1815                 :                :                     RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1816                 :UBC           0 :                     recoveryPausesHere(false);
                               1817                 :                :             }
                               1818                 :                : 
                               1819                 :                :             /*
                               1820                 :                :              * Apply the record
                               1821                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1822                 :CBC     2982024 :             ApplyWalRecord(xlogreader, record, &replayTLI);
                               1823                 :                : 
                               1824                 :                :             /* Exit loop if we reached inclusive recovery target */
                               1825         [ +  + ]:        2982020 :             if (recoveryStopsAfter(xlogreader))
                               1826                 :                :             {
                               1827                 :              8 :                 reachedRecoveryTarget = true;
                               1828                 :              8 :                 break;
                               1829                 :                :             }
                               1830                 :                : 
                               1831                 :                :             /* Else, try to fetch the next WAL record */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     1832                 :        2982012 :             record = ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, LOG, false, replayTLI);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1833         [ +  + ]:        2981930 :         } while (record != NULL);
                               1834                 :                : 
                               1835                 :                :         /*
                               1836                 :                :          * end of main redo apply loop
                               1837                 :                :          */
                               1838                 :                : 
                               1839         [ +  + ]:            146 :         if (reachedRecoveryTarget)
                               1840                 :                :         {
                               1841         [ -  + ]:             12 :             if (!reachedConsistency)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1842         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 ereport(FATAL,
                               1843                 :                :                         (errmsg("requested recovery stop point is before consistent recovery point")));
                               1844                 :                : 
                               1845                 :                :             /*
                               1846                 :                :              * This is the last point where we can restart recovery with a new
                               1847                 :                :              * recovery target, if we shutdown and begin again. After this,
                               1848                 :                :              * Resource Managers may choose to do permanent corrective actions
                               1849                 :                :              * at end of recovery.
                               1850                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1851   [ -  +  +  - ]:CBC          12 :             switch (recoveryTargetAction)
                               1852                 :                :             {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1853                 :UBC           0 :                 case RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_SHUTDOWN:
                               1854                 :                : 
                               1855                 :                :                     /*
                               1856                 :                :                      * exit with special return code to request shutdown of
                               1857                 :                :                      * postmaster.  Log messages issued from postmaster.
                               1858                 :                :                      */
                               1859                 :              0 :                     proc_exit(3);
                               1860                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1861                 :CBC           6 :                 case RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PAUSE:
                               1862                 :              6 :                     SetRecoveryPause(true);
                               1863                 :              6 :                     recoveryPausesHere(true);
                               1864                 :                : 
                               1865                 :                :                     /* drop into promote */
                               1866                 :                : 
                               1867                 :              6 :                 case RECOVERY_TARGET_ACTION_PROMOTE:
                               1868                 :              6 :                     break;
                               1869                 :                :             }
                               1870                 :                :         }
                               1871                 :                : 
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     1872                 :            140 :         RmgrCleanup();
                               1873                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1874         [ +  - ]:            140 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1875                 :                :                 (errmsg("redo done at %X/%X system usage: %s",
                               1876                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr),
                               1877                 :                :                         pg_rusage_show(&ru0))));
                               1878                 :            140 :         xtime = GetLatestXTime();
                               1879         [ +  + ]:            140 :         if (xtime)
                               1880         [ +  - ]:             33 :             ereport(LOG,
                               1881                 :                :                     (errmsg("last completed transaction was at log time %s",
                               1882                 :                :                             timestamptz_to_str(xtime))));
                               1883                 :                : 
                               1884                 :            140 :         InRedo = false;
                               1885                 :                :     }
                               1886                 :                :     else
                               1887                 :                :     {
                               1888                 :                :         /* there are no WAL records following the checkpoint */
                               1889         [ +  - ]:              9 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1890                 :                :                 (errmsg("redo is not required")));
                               1891                 :                :     }
                               1892                 :                : 
                               1893                 :                :     /*
                               1894                 :                :      * This check is intentionally after the above log messages that indicate
                               1895                 :                :      * how far recovery went.
                               1896                 :                :      */
                               1897         [ +  + ]:            149 :     if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
                               1898         [ +  + ]:             47 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
                               1899         [ +  + ]:              7 :         !reachedRecoveryTarget)
                               1900         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1901                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery ended before configured recovery target was reached")));
                               1902                 :            148 : }
                               1903                 :                : 
                               1904                 :                : /*
                               1905                 :                :  * Subroutine of PerformWalRecovery, to apply one WAL record.
                               1906                 :                :  */
                               1907                 :                : static void
                               1908                 :        2982024 : ApplyWalRecord(XLogReaderState *xlogreader, XLogRecord *record, TimeLineID *replayTLI)
                               1909                 :                : {
                               1910                 :                :     ErrorContextCallback errcallback;
                               1911                 :        2982024 :     bool        switchedTLI = false;
                               1912                 :                : 
                               1913                 :                :     /* Setup error traceback support for ereport() */
                               1914                 :        2982024 :     errcallback.callback = rm_redo_error_callback;
                               1915                 :        2982024 :     errcallback.arg = (void *) xlogreader;
                               1916                 :        2982024 :     errcallback.previous = error_context_stack;
                               1917                 :        2982024 :     error_context_stack = &errcallback;
                               1918                 :                : 
                               1919                 :                :     /*
                               1920                 :                :      * TransamVariables->nextXid must be beyond record's xid.
                               1921                 :                :      */
                               1922                 :        2982024 :     AdvanceNextFullTransactionIdPastXid(record->xl_xid);
                               1923                 :                : 
                               1924                 :                :     /*
                               1925                 :                :      * Before replaying this record, check if this record causes the current
                               1926                 :                :      * timeline to change. The record is already considered to be part of the
                               1927                 :                :      * new timeline, so we update replayTLI before replaying it. That's
                               1928                 :                :      * important so that replayEndTLI, which is recorded as the minimum
                               1929                 :                :      * recovery point's TLI if recovery stops after this record, is set
                               1930                 :                :      * correctly.
                               1931                 :                :      */
                               1932         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :     if (record->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID)
                               1933                 :                :     {
                               1934                 :          42783 :         TimeLineID  newReplayTLI = *replayTLI;
                               1935                 :          42783 :         TimeLineID  prevReplayTLI = *replayTLI;
                               1936                 :          42783 :         uint8       info = record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
                               1937                 :                : 
                               1938         [ +  + ]:          42783 :         if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN)
                               1939                 :                :         {
                               1940                 :                :             CheckPoint  checkPoint;
                               1941                 :                : 
                               1942                 :             46 :             memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(CheckPoint));
                               1943                 :             46 :             newReplayTLI = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
                               1944                 :             46 :             prevReplayTLI = checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID;
                               1945                 :                :         }
                               1946         [ +  + ]:          42737 :         else if (info == XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY)
                               1947                 :                :         {
                               1948                 :                :             xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
                               1949                 :                : 
                               1950                 :             25 :             memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
                               1951                 :             25 :             newReplayTLI = xlrec.ThisTimeLineID;
                               1952                 :             25 :             prevReplayTLI = xlrec.PrevTimeLineID;
                               1953                 :                :         }
                               1954                 :                : 
                               1955         [ +  + ]:          42783 :         if (newReplayTLI != *replayTLI)
                               1956                 :                :         {
                               1957                 :                :             /* Check that it's OK to switch to this TLI */
                               1958                 :             26 :             checkTimeLineSwitch(xlogreader->EndRecPtr,
                               1959                 :                :                                 newReplayTLI, prevReplayTLI, *replayTLI);
                               1960                 :                : 
                               1961                 :                :             /* Following WAL records should be run with new TLI */
                               1962                 :             26 :             *replayTLI = newReplayTLI;
                               1963                 :             26 :             switchedTLI = true;
                               1964                 :                :         }
                               1965                 :                :     }
                               1966                 :                : 
                               1967                 :                :     /*
                               1968                 :                :      * Update shared replayEndRecPtr before replaying this record, so that
                               1969                 :                :      * XLogFlush will update minRecoveryPoint correctly.
                               1970                 :                :      */
                               1971         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               1972                 :        2982024 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndRecPtr = xlogreader->EndRecPtr;
                               1973                 :        2982024 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndTLI = *replayTLI;
                               1974                 :        2982024 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               1975                 :                : 
                               1976                 :                :     /*
                               1977                 :                :      * If we are attempting to enter Hot Standby mode, process XIDs we see
                               1978                 :                :      */
                               1979         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :     if (standbyState >= STANDBY_INITIALIZED &&
                               1980         [ +  + ]:        2734809 :         TransactionIdIsValid(record->xl_xid))
                               1981                 :        2683162 :         RecordKnownAssignedTransactionIds(record->xl_xid);
                               1982                 :                : 
                               1983                 :                :     /*
                               1984                 :                :      * Some XLOG record types that are related to recovery are processed
                               1985                 :                :      * directly here, rather than in xlog_redo()
                               1986                 :                :      */
                               1987         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :     if (record->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID)
                               1988                 :          42783 :         xlogrecovery_redo(xlogreader, *replayTLI);
                               1989                 :                : 
                               1990                 :                :     /* Now apply the WAL record itself */
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     1991                 :        2982024 :     GetRmgr(record->xl_rmid).rm_redo(xlogreader);
                               1992                 :                : 
                               1993                 :                :     /*
                               1994                 :                :      * After redo, check whether the backup pages associated with the WAL
                               1995                 :                :      * record are consistent with the existing pages. This check is done only
                               1996                 :                :      * if consistency check is enabled for this record.
                               1997                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     1998         [ +  + ]:        2982020 :     if ((record->xl_info & XLR_CHECK_CONSISTENCY) != 0)
                               1999                 :           3225 :         verifyBackupPageConsistency(xlogreader);
                               2000                 :                : 
                               2001                 :                :     /* Pop the error context stack */
                               2002                 :        2982020 :     error_context_stack = errcallback.previous;
                               2003                 :                : 
                               2004                 :                :     /*
                               2005                 :                :      * Update lastReplayedEndRecPtr after this record has been successfully
                               2006                 :                :      * replayed.
                               2007                 :                :      */
                               2008         [ +  + ]:        2982020 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               2009                 :        2982020 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedReadRecPtr = xlogreader->ReadRecPtr;
                               2010                 :        2982020 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr = xlogreader->EndRecPtr;
                               2011                 :        2982020 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI = *replayTLI;
                               2012                 :        2982020 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               2013                 :                : 
                               2014                 :                :     /* ------
                               2015                 :                :      * Wakeup walsenders:
                               2016                 :                :      *
                               2017                 :                :      * On the standby, the WAL is flushed first (which will only wake up
                               2018                 :                :      * physical walsenders) and then applied, which will only wake up logical
                               2019                 :                :      * walsenders.
                               2020                 :                :      *
                               2021                 :                :      * Indeed, logical walsenders on standby can't decode and send data until
                               2022                 :                :      * it's been applied.
                               2023                 :                :      *
                               2024                 :                :      * Physical walsenders don't need to be woken up during replay unless
                               2025                 :                :      * cascading replication is allowed and time line change occurred (so that
                               2026                 :                :      * they can notice that they are on a new time line).
                               2027                 :                :      *
                               2028                 :                :      * That's why the wake up conditions are for:
                               2029                 :                :      *
                               2030                 :                :      *  - physical walsenders in case of new time line and cascade
                               2031                 :                :      *    replication is allowed
                               2032                 :                :      *  - logical walsenders in case cascade replication is allowed (could not
                               2033                 :                :      *    be created otherwise)
                               2034                 :                :      * ------
                               2035                 :                :      */
  372 andres@anarazel.de       2036   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2982020 :     if (AllowCascadeReplication())
                               2037                 :        2793003 :         WalSndWakeup(switchedTLI, true);
                               2038                 :                : 
                               2039                 :                :     /*
                               2040                 :                :      * If rm_redo called XLogRequestWalReceiverReply, then we wake up the
                               2041                 :                :      * receiver so that it notices the updated lastReplayedEndRecPtr and sends
                               2042                 :                :      * a reply to the primary.
                               2043                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2044         [ -  + ]:        2982020 :     if (doRequestWalReceiverReply)
                               2045                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2046                 :UBC           0 :         doRequestWalReceiverReply = false;
                               2047                 :              0 :         WalRcvForceReply();
                               2048                 :                :     }
                               2049                 :                : 
                               2050                 :                :     /* Allow read-only connections if we're consistent now */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2051                 :CBC     2982020 :     CheckRecoveryConsistency();
                               2052                 :                : 
                               2053                 :                :     /* Is this a timeline switch? */
                               2054         [ +  + ]:        2982020 :     if (switchedTLI)
                               2055                 :                :     {
                               2056                 :                :         /*
                               2057                 :                :          * Before we continue on the new timeline, clean up any (possibly
                               2058                 :                :          * bogus) future WAL segments on the old timeline.
                               2059                 :                :          */
                               2060                 :             26 :         RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(xlogreader->EndRecPtr, *replayTLI);
                               2061                 :                : 
                               2062                 :                :         /* Reset the prefetcher. */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     2063                 :             26 :         XLogPrefetchReconfigure();
                               2064                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2065                 :        2982020 : }
                               2066                 :                : 
                               2067                 :                : /*
                               2068                 :                :  * Some XLOG RM record types that are directly related to WAL recovery are
                               2069                 :                :  * handled here rather than in the xlog_redo()
                               2070                 :                :  */
                               2071                 :                : static void
                               2072                 :          42783 : xlogrecovery_redo(XLogReaderState *record, TimeLineID replayTLI)
                               2073                 :                : {
                               2074                 :          42783 :     uint8       info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
                               2075                 :          42783 :     XLogRecPtr  lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
                               2076                 :                : 
                               2077         [ -  + ]:          42783 :     Assert(XLogRecGetRmid(record) == RM_XLOG_ID);
                               2078                 :                : 
                               2079         [ +  + ]:          42783 :     if (info == XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD)
                               2080                 :                :     {
                               2081                 :                :         /* Verify the payload of a XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD record. */
                               2082                 :                :         xl_overwrite_contrecord xlrec;
                               2083                 :                : 
                               2084                 :              1 :         memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord));
                               2085         [ -  + ]:              1 :         if (xlrec.overwritten_lsn != record->overwrittenRecPtr)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2086         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(FATAL, "mismatching overwritten LSN %X/%X -> %X/%X",
                               2087                 :                :                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn),
                               2088                 :                :                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->overwrittenRecPtr));
                               2089                 :                : 
                               2090                 :                :         /* We have safely skipped the aborted record */
  753 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2091                 :CBC           1 :         abortedRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2092                 :              1 :         missingContrecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2093                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2094         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2095                 :                :                 (errmsg("successfully skipped missing contrecord at %X/%X, overwritten at %s",
                               2096                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn),
                               2097                 :                :                         timestamptz_to_str(xlrec.overwrite_time))));
                               2098                 :                : 
                               2099                 :                :         /* Verifying the record should only happen once */
                               2100                 :              1 :         record->overwrittenRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2101                 :                :     }
                               2102         [ +  + ]:          42782 :     else if (info == XLOG_BACKUP_END)
                               2103                 :                :     {
                               2104                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  startpoint;
                               2105                 :                : 
                               2106                 :            111 :         memcpy(&startpoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(startpoint));
                               2107                 :                : 
                               2108         [ +  + ]:            111 :         if (backupStartPoint == startpoint)
                               2109                 :                :         {
                               2110                 :                :             /*
                               2111                 :                :              * We have reached the end of base backup, the point where
                               2112                 :                :              * pg_backup_stop() was done.  The data on disk is now consistent
                               2113                 :                :              * (assuming we have also reached minRecoveryPoint).  Set
                               2114                 :                :              * backupEndPoint to the current LSN, so that the next call to
                               2115                 :                :              * CheckRecoveryConsistency() will notice it and do the
                               2116                 :                :              * end-of-backup processing.
                               2117                 :                :              */
                               2118         [ +  + ]:             88 :             elog(DEBUG1, "end of backup record reached");
                               2119                 :                : 
                               2120                 :             88 :             backupEndPoint = lsn;
                               2121                 :                :         }
                               2122                 :                :         else
                               2123         [ +  + ]:             23 :             elog(DEBUG1, "saw end-of-backup record for backup starting at %X/%X, waiting for %X/%X",
                               2124                 :                :                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(backupStartPoint));
                               2125                 :                :     }
                               2126                 :          42783 : }
                               2127                 :                : 
                               2128                 :                : /*
                               2129                 :                :  * Verify that, in non-test mode, ./pg_tblspc doesn't contain any real
                               2130                 :                :  * directories.
                               2131                 :                :  *
                               2132                 :                :  * Replay of database creation XLOG records for databases that were later
                               2133                 :                :  * dropped can create fake directories in pg_tblspc.  By the time consistency
                               2134                 :                :  * is reached these directories should have been removed; here we verify
                               2135                 :                :  * that this did indeed happen.  This is to be called at the point where
                               2136                 :                :  * consistent state is reached.
                               2137                 :                :  *
                               2138                 :                :  * allow_in_place_tablespaces turns the PANIC into a WARNING, which is
                               2139                 :                :  * useful for testing purposes, and also allows for an escape hatch in case
                               2140                 :                :  * things go south.
                               2141                 :                :  */
                               2142                 :                : static void
  626 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2143                 :            145 : CheckTablespaceDirectory(void)
                               2144                 :                : {
                               2145                 :                :     DIR        *dir;
                               2146                 :                :     struct dirent *de;
                               2147                 :                : 
                               2148                 :            145 :     dir = AllocateDir("pg_tblspc");
                               2149         [ +  + ]:            458 :     while ((de = ReadDir(dir, "pg_tblspc")) != NULL)
                               2150                 :                :     {
                               2151                 :                :         char        path[MAXPGPATH + 10];
                               2152                 :                : 
                               2153                 :                :         /* Skip entries of non-oid names */
                               2154         [ +  + ]:            313 :         if (strspn(de->d_name, "0123456789") != strlen(de->d_name))
                               2155                 :            290 :             continue;
                               2156                 :                : 
                               2157                 :             23 :         snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "pg_tblspc/%s", de->d_name);
                               2158                 :                : 
                               2159         [ +  + ]:             23 :         if (get_dirent_type(path, de, false, ERROR) != PGFILETYPE_LNK)
                               2160   [ +  -  +  - ]:             22 :             ereport(allow_in_place_tablespaces ? WARNING : PANIC,
                               2161                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                               2162                 :                :                      errmsg("unexpected directory entry \"%s\" found in %s",
                               2163                 :                :                             de->d_name, "pg_tblspc/"),
                               2164                 :                :                      errdetail("All directory entries in pg_tblspc/ should be symbolic links."),
                               2165                 :                :                      errhint("Remove those directories, or set allow_in_place_tablespaces to ON transiently to let recovery complete.")));
                               2166                 :                :     }
                               2167                 :            145 : }
                               2168                 :                : 
                               2169                 :                : /*
                               2170                 :                :  * Checks if recovery has reached a consistent state. When consistency is
                               2171                 :                :  * reached and we have a valid starting standby snapshot, tell postmaster
                               2172                 :                :  * that it can start accepting read-only connections.
                               2173                 :                :  */
                               2174                 :                : static void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2175                 :        2982266 : CheckRecoveryConsistency(void)
                               2176                 :                : {
                               2177                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  lastReplayedEndRecPtr;
                               2178                 :                :     TimeLineID  lastReplayedTLI;
                               2179                 :                : 
                               2180                 :                :     /*
                               2181                 :                :      * During crash recovery, we don't reach a consistent state until we've
                               2182                 :                :      * replayed all the WAL.
                               2183                 :                :      */
                               2184         [ +  + ]:        2982266 :     if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(minRecoveryPoint))
                               2185                 :         265756 :         return;
                               2186                 :                : 
                               2187         [ -  + ]:        2716510 :     Assert(InArchiveRecovery);
                               2188                 :                : 
                               2189                 :                :     /*
                               2190                 :                :      * assume that we are called in the startup process, and hence don't need
                               2191                 :                :      * a lock to read lastReplayedEndRecPtr
                               2192                 :                :      */
                               2193                 :        2716510 :     lastReplayedEndRecPtr = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr;
                               2194                 :        2716510 :     lastReplayedTLI = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI;
                               2195                 :                : 
                               2196                 :                :     /*
                               2197                 :                :      * Have we reached the point where our base backup was completed?
                               2198                 :                :      */
                               2199         [ +  + ]:        2716510 :     if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(backupEndPoint) &&
                               2200         [ +  + ]:           1603 :         backupEndPoint <= lastReplayedEndRecPtr)
                               2201                 :                :     {
   80 michael@paquier.xyz      2202                 :             95 :         XLogRecPtr  saveBackupStartPoint = backupStartPoint;
                               2203                 :             95 :         XLogRecPtr  saveBackupEndPoint = backupEndPoint;
                               2204                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2205         [ +  + ]:             95 :         elog(DEBUG1, "end of backup reached");
                               2206                 :                : 
                               2207                 :                :         /*
                               2208                 :                :          * We have reached the end of base backup, as indicated by pg_control.
                               2209                 :                :          * Update the control file accordingly.
                               2210                 :                :          */
                               2211                 :             95 :         ReachedEndOfBackup(lastReplayedEndRecPtr, lastReplayedTLI);
                               2212                 :             95 :         backupStartPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2213                 :             95 :         backupEndPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2214                 :             95 :         backupEndRequired = false;
                               2215                 :                : 
   80 michael@paquier.xyz      2216         [ +  - ]:             95 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2217                 :                :                 (errmsg("completed backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X and end LSN %X/%X",
                               2218                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupStartPoint),
                               2219                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupEndPoint))));
                               2220                 :                :     }
                               2221                 :                : 
                               2222                 :                :     /*
                               2223                 :                :      * Have we passed our safe starting point? Note that minRecoveryPoint is
                               2224                 :                :      * known to be incorrectly set if recovering from a backup, until the
                               2225                 :                :      * XLOG_BACKUP_END arrives to advise us of the correct minRecoveryPoint.
                               2226                 :                :      * All we know prior to that is that we're not consistent yet.
                               2227                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2228   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2716510 :     if (!reachedConsistency && !backupEndRequired &&
                               2229         [ +  + ]:          28879 :         minRecoveryPoint <= lastReplayedEndRecPtr)
                               2230                 :                :     {
                               2231                 :                :         /*
                               2232                 :                :          * Check to see if the XLOG sequence contained any unresolved
                               2233                 :                :          * references to uninitialized pages.
                               2234                 :                :          */
                               2235                 :            145 :         XLogCheckInvalidPages();
                               2236                 :                : 
                               2237                 :                :         /*
                               2238                 :                :          * Check that pg_tblspc doesn't contain any real directories. Replay
                               2239                 :                :          * of Database/CREATE_* records may have created fictitious tablespace
                               2240                 :                :          * directories that should have been removed by the time consistency
                               2241                 :                :          * was reached.
                               2242                 :                :          */
  626 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2243                 :            145 :         CheckTablespaceDirectory();
                               2244                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2245                 :            145 :         reachedConsistency = true;
                               2246         [ +  - ]:            145 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2247                 :                :                 (errmsg("consistent recovery state reached at %X/%X",
                               2248                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastReplayedEndRecPtr))));
                               2249                 :                :     }
                               2250                 :                : 
                               2251                 :                :     /*
                               2252                 :                :      * Have we got a valid starting snapshot that will allow queries to be
                               2253                 :                :      * run? If so, we can tell postmaster that the database is consistent now,
                               2254                 :                :      * enabling connections.
                               2255                 :                :      */
                               2256         [ +  + ]:        2716510 :     if (standbyState == STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_READY &&
                               2257   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2716232 :         !LocalHotStandbyActive &&
                               2258         [ +  - ]:            138 :         reachedConsistency &&
                               2259                 :                :         IsUnderPostmaster)
                               2260                 :                :     {
                               2261         [ -  + ]:            138 :         SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               2262                 :            138 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->SharedHotStandbyActive = true;
                               2263                 :            138 :         SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               2264                 :                : 
                               2265                 :            138 :         LocalHotStandbyActive = true;
                               2266                 :                : 
                               2267                 :            138 :         SendPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY);
                               2268                 :                :     }
                               2269                 :                : }
                               2270                 :                : 
                               2271                 :                : /*
                               2272                 :                :  * Error context callback for errors occurring during rm_redo().
                               2273                 :                :  */
                               2274                 :                : static void
                               2275                 :            147 : rm_redo_error_callback(void *arg)
                               2276                 :                : {
                               2277                 :            147 :     XLogReaderState *record = (XLogReaderState *) arg;
                               2278                 :                :     StringInfoData buf;
                               2279                 :                : 
                               2280                 :            147 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
                               2281                 :            147 :     xlog_outdesc(&buf, record);
                               2282                 :            147 :     xlog_block_info(&buf, record);
                               2283                 :                : 
                               2284                 :                :     /* translator: %s is a WAL record description */
                               2285                 :            147 :     errcontext("WAL redo at %X/%X for %s",
                               2286                 :            147 :                LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr),
                               2287                 :                :                buf.data);
                               2288                 :                : 
                               2289                 :            147 :     pfree(buf.data);
                               2290                 :            147 : }
                               2291                 :                : 
                               2292                 :                : /*
                               2293                 :                :  * Returns a string describing an XLogRecord, consisting of its identity
                               2294                 :                :  * optionally followed by a colon, a space, and a further description.
                               2295                 :                :  */
                               2296                 :                : void
                               2297                 :            147 : xlog_outdesc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record)
                               2298                 :                : {
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2299                 :            147 :     RmgrData    rmgr = GetRmgr(XLogRecGetRmid(record));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2300                 :            147 :     uint8       info = XLogRecGetInfo(record);
                               2301                 :                :     const char *id;
                               2302                 :                : 
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2303                 :            147 :     appendStringInfoString(buf, rmgr.rm_name);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2304                 :            147 :     appendStringInfoChar(buf, '/');
                               2305                 :                : 
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2306                 :            147 :     id = rmgr.rm_identify(info);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2307         [ -  + ]:            147 :     if (id == NULL)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2308                 :UBC           0 :         appendStringInfo(buf, "UNKNOWN (%X): ", info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK);
                               2309                 :                :     else
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2310                 :CBC         147 :         appendStringInfo(buf, "%s: ", id);
                               2311                 :                : 
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2312                 :            147 :     rmgr.rm_desc(buf, record);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2313                 :            147 : }
                               2314                 :                : 
                               2315                 :                : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
                               2316                 :                : 
                               2317                 :                : static void
                               2318                 :                : xlog_outrec(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record)
                               2319                 :                : {
                               2320                 :                :     appendStringInfo(buf, "prev %X/%X; xid %u",
                               2321                 :                :                      LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(XLogRecGetPrev(record)),
                               2322                 :                :                      XLogRecGetXid(record));
                               2323                 :                : 
                               2324                 :                :     appendStringInfo(buf, "; len %u",
                               2325                 :                :                      XLogRecGetDataLen(record));
                               2326                 :                : 
                               2327                 :                :     xlog_block_info(buf, record);
                               2328                 :                : }
                               2329                 :                : #endif                          /* WAL_DEBUG */
                               2330                 :                : 
                               2331                 :                : /*
                               2332                 :                :  * Returns a string giving information about all the blocks in an
                               2333                 :                :  * XLogRecord.
                               2334                 :                :  */
                               2335                 :                : static void
                               2336                 :            147 : xlog_block_info(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record)
                               2337                 :                : {
                               2338                 :                :     int         block_id;
                               2339                 :                : 
                               2340                 :                :     /* decode block references */
  758 tmunro@postgresql.or     2341         [ +  + ]:            205 :     for (block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
                               2342                 :                :     {
                               2343                 :                :         RelFileLocator rlocator;
                               2344                 :                :         ForkNumber  forknum;
                               2345                 :                :         BlockNumber blk;
                               2346                 :                : 
  734 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2347         [ -  + ]:             58 :         if (!XLogRecGetBlockTagExtended(record, block_id,
                               2348                 :                :                                         &rlocator, &forknum, &blk, NULL))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2349                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               2350                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2351         [ +  + ]:CBC          58 :         if (forknum != MAIN_FORKNUM)
  564 rhaas@postgresql.org     2352                 :              3 :             appendStringInfo(buf, "; blkref #%d: rel %u/%u/%u, fork %u, blk %u",
                               2353                 :                :                              block_id,
                               2354                 :                :                              rlocator.spcOid, rlocator.dbOid,
                               2355                 :                :                              rlocator.relNumber,
                               2356                 :                :                              forknum,
                               2357                 :                :                              blk);
                               2358                 :                :         else
                               2359                 :             55 :             appendStringInfo(buf, "; blkref #%d: rel %u/%u/%u, blk %u",
                               2360                 :                :                              block_id,
                               2361                 :                :                              rlocator.spcOid, rlocator.dbOid,
                               2362                 :                :                              rlocator.relNumber,
                               2363                 :                :                              blk);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2364         [ +  + ]:             58 :         if (XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id))
                               2365                 :             38 :             appendStringInfoString(buf, " FPW");
                               2366                 :                :     }
                               2367                 :            147 : }
                               2368                 :                : 
                               2369                 :                : 
                               2370                 :                : /*
                               2371                 :                :  * Check that it's OK to switch to new timeline during recovery.
                               2372                 :                :  *
                               2373                 :                :  * 'lsn' is the address of the shutdown checkpoint record we're about to
                               2374                 :                :  * replay. (Currently, timeline can only change at a shutdown checkpoint).
                               2375                 :                :  */
                               2376                 :                : static void
                               2377                 :             26 : checkTimeLineSwitch(XLogRecPtr lsn, TimeLineID newTLI, TimeLineID prevTLI,
                               2378                 :                :                     TimeLineID replayTLI)
                               2379                 :                : {
                               2380                 :                :     /* Check that the record agrees on what the current (old) timeline is */
                               2381         [ -  + ]:             26 :     if (prevTLI != replayTLI)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2382         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                               2383                 :                :                 (errmsg("unexpected previous timeline ID %u (current timeline ID %u) in checkpoint record",
                               2384                 :                :                         prevTLI, replayTLI)));
                               2385                 :                : 
                               2386                 :                :     /*
                               2387                 :                :      * The new timeline better be in the list of timelines we expect to see,
                               2388                 :                :      * according to the timeline history. It should also not decrease.
                               2389                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2390   [ +  -  -  + ]:CBC          26 :     if (newTLI < replayTLI || !tliInHistory(newTLI, expectedTLEs))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2391         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                               2392                 :                :                 (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (after %u) in checkpoint record",
                               2393                 :                :                         newTLI, replayTLI)));
                               2394                 :                : 
                               2395                 :                :     /*
                               2396                 :                :      * If we have not yet reached min recovery point, and we're about to
                               2397                 :                :      * switch to a timeline greater than the timeline of the min recovery
                               2398                 :                :      * point: trouble. After switching to the new timeline, we could not
                               2399                 :                :      * possibly visit the min recovery point on the correct timeline anymore.
                               2400                 :                :      * This can happen if there is a newer timeline in the archive that
                               2401                 :                :      * branched before the timeline the min recovery point is on, and you
                               2402                 :                :      * attempt to do PITR to the new timeline.
                               2403                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2404         [ +  + ]:CBC          26 :     if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(minRecoveryPoint) &&
                               2405         [ +  + ]:             24 :         lsn < minRecoveryPoint &&
                               2406         [ -  + ]:             10 :         newTLI > minRecoveryPointTLI)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2407         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                               2408                 :                :                 (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in checkpoint record, before reaching minimum recovery point %X/%X on timeline %u",
                               2409                 :                :                         newTLI,
                               2410                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(minRecoveryPoint),
                               2411                 :                :                         minRecoveryPointTLI)));
                               2412                 :                : 
                               2413                 :                :     /* Looks good */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2414                 :CBC          26 : }
                               2415                 :                : 
                               2416                 :                : 
                               2417                 :                : /*
                               2418                 :                :  * Extract timestamp from WAL record.
                               2419                 :                :  *
                               2420                 :                :  * If the record contains a timestamp, returns true, and saves the timestamp
                               2421                 :                :  * in *recordXtime. If the record type has no timestamp, returns false.
                               2422                 :                :  * Currently, only transaction commit/abort records and restore points contain
                               2423                 :                :  * timestamps.
                               2424                 :                :  */
                               2425                 :                : static bool
                               2426                 :          40451 : getRecordTimestamp(XLogReaderState *record, TimestampTz *recordXtime)
                               2427                 :                : {
                               2428                 :          40451 :     uint8       info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
                               2429                 :          40451 :     uint8       xact_info = info & XLOG_XACT_OPMASK;
                               2430                 :          40451 :     uint8       rmid = XLogRecGetRmid(record);
                               2431                 :                : 
                               2432   [ +  +  +  - ]:          40451 :     if (rmid == RM_XLOG_ID && info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
                               2433                 :                :     {
                               2434                 :              3 :         *recordXtime = ((xl_restore_point *) XLogRecGetData(record))->rp_time;
                               2435                 :              3 :         return true;
                               2436                 :                :     }
                               2437   [ +  -  +  +  :          40448 :     if (rmid == RM_XACT_ID && (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT ||
                                              +  + ]
                               2438                 :                :                                xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED))
                               2439                 :                :     {
                               2440                 :          37218 :         *recordXtime = ((xl_xact_commit *) XLogRecGetData(record))->xact_time;
                               2441                 :          37218 :         return true;
                               2442                 :                :     }
                               2443   [ +  -  +  +  :           3230 :     if (rmid == RM_XACT_ID && (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT ||
                                              +  - ]
                               2444                 :                :                                xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT_PREPARED))
                               2445                 :                :     {
                               2446                 :           3230 :         *recordXtime = ((xl_xact_abort *) XLogRecGetData(record))->xact_time;
                               2447                 :           3230 :         return true;
                               2448                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2449                 :UBC           0 :     return false;
                               2450                 :                : }
                               2451                 :                : 
                               2452                 :                : /*
                               2453                 :                :  * Checks whether the current buffer page and backup page stored in the
                               2454                 :                :  * WAL record are consistent or not. Before comparing the two pages, a
                               2455                 :                :  * masking can be applied to the pages to ignore certain areas like hint bits,
                               2456                 :                :  * unused space between pd_lower and pd_upper among other things. This
                               2457                 :                :  * function should be called once WAL replay has been completed for a
                               2458                 :                :  * given record.
                               2459                 :                :  */
                               2460                 :                : static void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2461                 :CBC        3225 : verifyBackupPageConsistency(XLogReaderState *record)
                               2462                 :                : {
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2463                 :           3225 :     RmgrData    rmgr = GetRmgr(XLogRecGetRmid(record));
                               2464                 :                :     RelFileLocator rlocator;
                               2465                 :                :     ForkNumber  forknum;
                               2466                 :                :     BlockNumber blkno;
                               2467                 :                :     int         block_id;
                               2468                 :                : 
                               2469                 :                :     /* Records with no backup blocks have no need for consistency checks. */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2470         [ -  + ]:           3225 :     if (!XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2471                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               2472                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2473         [ -  + ]:CBC        3225 :     Assert((XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLR_CHECK_CONSISTENCY) != 0);
                               2474                 :                : 
  758 tmunro@postgresql.or     2475         [ +  + ]:           8445 :     for (block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
                               2476                 :                :     {
                               2477                 :                :         Buffer      buf;
                               2478                 :                :         Page        page;
                               2479                 :                : 
  734 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2480         [ -  + ]:           5220 :         if (!XLogRecGetBlockTagExtended(record, block_id,
                               2481                 :                :                                         &rlocator, &forknum, &blkno, NULL))
                               2482                 :                :         {
                               2483                 :                :             /*
                               2484                 :                :              * WAL record doesn't contain a block reference with the given id.
                               2485                 :                :              * Do nothing.
                               2486                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2487                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               2488                 :                :         }
                               2489                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2490         [ -  + ]:CBC        5220 :         Assert(XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id));
                               2491                 :                : 
                               2492         [ -  + ]:           5220 :         if (XLogRecBlockImageApply(record, block_id))
                               2493                 :                :         {
                               2494                 :                :             /*
                               2495                 :                :              * WAL record has already applied the page, so bypass the
                               2496                 :                :              * consistency check as that would result in comparing the full
                               2497                 :                :              * page stored in the record with itself.
                               2498                 :                :              */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2499                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               2500                 :                :         }
                               2501                 :                : 
                               2502                 :                :         /*
                               2503                 :                :          * Read the contents from the current buffer and store it in a
                               2504                 :                :          * temporary page.
                               2505                 :                :          */
  648 rhaas@postgresql.org     2506                 :CBC        5220 :         buf = XLogReadBufferExtended(rlocator, forknum, blkno,
                               2507                 :                :                                      RBM_NORMAL_NO_LOG,
                               2508                 :                :                                      InvalidBuffer);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2509         [ -  + ]:           5220 :         if (!BufferIsValid(buf))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2510                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               2511                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2512                 :CBC        5220 :         LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
                               2513                 :           5220 :         page = BufferGetPage(buf);
                               2514                 :                : 
                               2515                 :                :         /*
                               2516                 :                :          * Take a copy of the local page where WAL has been applied to have a
                               2517                 :                :          * comparison base before masking it...
                               2518                 :                :          */
                               2519                 :           5220 :         memcpy(replay_image_masked, page, BLCKSZ);
                               2520                 :                : 
                               2521                 :                :         /* No need for this page anymore now that a copy is in. */
                               2522                 :           5220 :         UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf);
                               2523                 :                : 
                               2524                 :                :         /*
                               2525                 :                :          * If the block LSN is already ahead of this WAL record, we can't
                               2526                 :                :          * expect contents to match.  This can happen if recovery is
                               2527                 :                :          * restarted.
                               2528                 :                :          */
                               2529         [ -  + ]:           5220 :         if (PageGetLSN(replay_image_masked) > record->EndRecPtr)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2530                 :UBC           0 :             continue;
                               2531                 :                : 
                               2532                 :                :         /*
                               2533                 :                :          * Read the contents from the backup copy, stored in WAL record and
                               2534                 :                :          * store it in a temporary page. There is no need to allocate a new
                               2535                 :                :          * page here, a local buffer is fine to hold its contents and a mask
                               2536                 :                :          * can be directly applied on it.
                               2537                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2538         [ -  + ]:CBC        5220 :         if (!RestoreBlockImage(record, block_id, primary_image_masked))
  583 michael@paquier.xyz      2539         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               2540                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                               2541                 :                :                      errmsg_internal("%s", record->errormsg_buf)));
                               2542                 :                : 
                               2543                 :                :         /*
                               2544                 :                :          * If masking function is defined, mask both the primary and replay
                               2545                 :                :          * images
                               2546                 :                :          */
  739 jdavis@postgresql.or     2547         [ +  - ]:CBC        5220 :         if (rmgr.rm_mask != NULL)
                               2548                 :                :         {
                               2549                 :           5220 :             rmgr.rm_mask(replay_image_masked, blkno);
                               2550                 :           5220 :             rmgr.rm_mask(primary_image_masked, blkno);
                               2551                 :                :         }
                               2552                 :                : 
                               2553                 :                :         /* Time to compare the primary and replay images. */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2554         [ -  + ]:           5220 :         if (memcmp(replay_image_masked, primary_image_masked, BLCKSZ) != 0)
                               2555                 :                :         {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2556         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(FATAL,
                               2557                 :                :                  "inconsistent page found, rel %u/%u/%u, forknum %u, blkno %u",
                               2558                 :                :                  rlocator.spcOid, rlocator.dbOid, rlocator.relNumber,
                               2559                 :                :                  forknum, blkno);
                               2560                 :                :         }
                               2561                 :                :     }
                               2562                 :                : }
                               2563                 :                : 
                               2564                 :                : /*
                               2565                 :                :  * For point-in-time recovery, this function decides whether we want to
                               2566                 :                :  * stop applying the XLOG before the current record.
                               2567                 :                :  *
                               2568                 :                :  * Returns true if we are stopping, false otherwise. If stopping, some
                               2569                 :                :  * information is saved in recoveryStopXid et al for use in annotating the
                               2570                 :                :  * new timeline's history file.
                               2571                 :                :  */
                               2572                 :                : static bool
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2573                 :CBC     2982028 : recoveryStopsBefore(XLogReaderState *record)
                               2574                 :                : {
                               2575                 :        2982028 :     bool        stopsHere = false;
                               2576                 :                :     uint8       xact_info;
                               2577                 :                :     bool        isCommit;
                               2578                 :        2982028 :     TimestampTz recordXtime = 0;
                               2579                 :                :     TransactionId recordXid;
                               2580                 :                : 
                               2581                 :                :     /*
                               2582                 :                :      * Ignore recovery target settings when not in archive recovery (meaning
                               2583                 :                :      * we are in crash recovery).
                               2584                 :                :      */
                               2585         [ +  + ]:        2982028 :     if (!ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               2586                 :         247201 :         return false;
                               2587                 :                : 
                               2588                 :                :     /* Check if we should stop as soon as reaching consistency */
                               2589   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2734827 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE && reachedConsistency)
                               2590                 :                :     {
                               2591         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2592                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery stopping after reaching consistency")));
                               2593                 :                : 
                               2594                 :              1 :         recoveryStopAfter = false;
                               2595                 :              1 :         recoveryStopXid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               2596                 :              1 :         recoveryStopLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2597                 :              1 :         recoveryStopTime = 0;
                               2598                 :              1 :         recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2599                 :              1 :         return true;
                               2600                 :                :     }
                               2601                 :                : 
                               2602                 :                :     /* Check if target LSN has been reached */
                               2603         [ +  + ]:        2734826 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN &&
                               2604         [ +  + ]:          10963 :         !recoveryTargetInclusive &&
                               2605         [ +  + ]:            333 :         record->ReadRecPtr >= recoveryTargetLSN)
                               2606                 :                :     {
                               2607                 :              1 :         recoveryStopAfter = false;
                               2608                 :              1 :         recoveryStopXid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               2609                 :              1 :         recoveryStopLSN = record->ReadRecPtr;
                               2610                 :              1 :         recoveryStopTime = 0;
                               2611                 :              1 :         recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2612         [ +  - ]:              1 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2613                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery stopping before WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"",
                               2614                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN))));
                               2615                 :              1 :         return true;
                               2616                 :                :     }
                               2617                 :                : 
                               2618                 :                :     /* Otherwise we only consider stopping before COMMIT or ABORT records. */
                               2619         [ +  + ]:        2734825 :     if (XLogRecGetRmid(record) != RM_XACT_ID)
                               2620                 :        2714370 :         return false;
                               2621                 :                : 
                               2622                 :          20455 :     xact_info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLOG_XACT_OPMASK;
                               2623                 :                : 
                               2624         [ +  + ]:          20455 :     if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT)
                               2625                 :                :     {
                               2626                 :          18585 :         isCommit = true;
                               2627                 :          18585 :         recordXid = XLogRecGetXid(record);
                               2628                 :                :     }
                               2629         [ +  + ]:           1870 :     else if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED)
                               2630                 :                :     {
                               2631                 :             24 :         xl_xact_commit *xlrec = (xl_xact_commit *) XLogRecGetData(record);
                               2632                 :                :         xl_xact_parsed_commit parsed;
                               2633                 :                : 
                               2634                 :             24 :         isCommit = true;
                               2635                 :             24 :         ParseCommitRecord(XLogRecGetInfo(record),
                               2636                 :                :                           xlrec,
                               2637                 :                :                           &parsed);
                               2638                 :             24 :         recordXid = parsed.twophase_xid;
                               2639                 :                :     }
                               2640         [ +  + ]:           1846 :     else if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT)
                               2641                 :                :     {
                               2642                 :           1603 :         isCommit = false;
                               2643                 :           1603 :         recordXid = XLogRecGetXid(record);
                               2644                 :                :     }
                               2645         [ +  + ]:            243 :     else if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT_PREPARED)
                               2646                 :                :     {
                               2647                 :             12 :         xl_xact_abort *xlrec = (xl_xact_abort *) XLogRecGetData(record);
                               2648                 :                :         xl_xact_parsed_abort parsed;
                               2649                 :                : 
                               2650                 :             12 :         isCommit = false;
                               2651                 :             12 :         ParseAbortRecord(XLogRecGetInfo(record),
                               2652                 :                :                          xlrec,
                               2653                 :                :                          &parsed);
                               2654                 :             12 :         recordXid = parsed.twophase_xid;
                               2655                 :                :     }
                               2656                 :                :     else
                               2657                 :            231 :         return false;
                               2658                 :                : 
                               2659   [ +  +  -  + ]:          20224 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_XID && !recoveryTargetInclusive)
                               2660                 :                :     {
                               2661                 :                :         /*
                               2662                 :                :          * There can be only one transaction end record with this exact
                               2663                 :                :          * transactionid
                               2664                 :                :          *
                               2665                 :                :          * when testing for an xid, we MUST test for equality only, since
                               2666                 :                :          * transactions are numbered in the order they start, not the order
                               2667                 :                :          * they complete. A higher numbered xid will complete before you about
                               2668                 :                :          * 50% of the time...
                               2669                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2670                 :UBC           0 :         stopsHere = (recordXid == recoveryTargetXid);
                               2671                 :                :     }
                               2672                 :                : 
                               2673                 :                :     /*
                               2674                 :                :      * Note: we must fetch recordXtime regardless of recoveryTarget setting.
                               2675                 :                :      * We don't expect getRecordTimestamp ever to fail, since we already know
                               2676                 :                :      * this is a commit or abort record; but test its result anyway.
                               2677                 :                :      */
  451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2678         [ +  - ]:CBC       20224 :     if (getRecordTimestamp(record, &recordXtime) &&
                               2679         [ +  + ]:          20224 :         recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME)
                               2680                 :                :     {
                               2681                 :                :         /*
                               2682                 :                :          * There can be many transactions that share the same commit time, so
                               2683                 :                :          * we stop after the last one, if we are inclusive, or stop at the
                               2684                 :                :          * first one if we are exclusive
                               2685                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2686         [ +  - ]:              8 :         if (recoveryTargetInclusive)
                               2687                 :              8 :             stopsHere = (recordXtime > recoveryTargetTime);
                               2688                 :                :         else
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2689                 :UBC           0 :             stopsHere = (recordXtime >= recoveryTargetTime);
                               2690                 :                :     }
                               2691                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2692         [ +  + ]:CBC       20224 :     if (stopsHere)
                               2693                 :                :     {
                               2694                 :              2 :         recoveryStopAfter = false;
                               2695                 :              2 :         recoveryStopXid = recordXid;
                               2696                 :              2 :         recoveryStopTime = recordXtime;
                               2697                 :              2 :         recoveryStopLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2698                 :              2 :         recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2699                 :                : 
                               2700         [ +  - ]:              2 :         if (isCommit)
                               2701                 :                :         {
                               2702         [ +  - ]:              2 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2703                 :                :                     (errmsg("recovery stopping before commit of transaction %u, time %s",
                               2704                 :                :                             recoveryStopXid,
                               2705                 :                :                             timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime))));
                               2706                 :                :         }
                               2707                 :                :         else
                               2708                 :                :         {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2709         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2710                 :                :                     (errmsg("recovery stopping before abort of transaction %u, time %s",
                               2711                 :                :                             recoveryStopXid,
                               2712                 :                :                             timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime))));
                               2713                 :                :         }
                               2714                 :                :     }
                               2715                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2716                 :CBC       20224 :     return stopsHere;
                               2717                 :                : }
                               2718                 :                : 
                               2719                 :                : /*
                               2720                 :                :  * Same as recoveryStopsBefore, but called after applying the record.
                               2721                 :                :  *
                               2722                 :                :  * We also track the timestamp of the latest applied COMMIT/ABORT
                               2723                 :                :  * record in XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryLastXTime.
                               2724                 :                :  */
                               2725                 :                : static bool
                               2726                 :        2982020 : recoveryStopsAfter(XLogReaderState *record)
                               2727                 :                : {
                               2728                 :                :     uint8       info;
                               2729                 :                :     uint8       xact_info;
                               2730                 :                :     uint8       rmid;
  313                          2731                 :        2982020 :     TimestampTz recordXtime = 0;
                               2732                 :                : 
                               2733                 :                :     /*
                               2734                 :                :      * Ignore recovery target settings when not in archive recovery (meaning
                               2735                 :                :      * we are in crash recovery).
                               2736                 :                :      */
  788                          2737         [ +  + ]:        2982020 :     if (!ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
                               2738                 :         247201 :         return false;
                               2739                 :                : 
                               2740                 :        2734819 :     info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
                               2741                 :        2734819 :     rmid = XLogRecGetRmid(record);
                               2742                 :                : 
                               2743                 :                :     /*
                               2744                 :                :      * There can be many restore points that share the same name; we stop at
                               2745                 :                :      * the first one.
                               2746                 :                :      */
                               2747   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2734819 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME &&
                               2748         [ +  + ]:             29 :         rmid == RM_XLOG_ID && info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
                               2749                 :                :     {
                               2750                 :                :         xl_restore_point *recordRestorePointData;
                               2751                 :                : 
                               2752                 :              4 :         recordRestorePointData = (xl_restore_point *) XLogRecGetData(record);
                               2753                 :                : 
                               2754         [ +  + ]:              4 :         if (strcmp(recordRestorePointData->rp_name, recoveryTargetName) == 0)
                               2755                 :                :         {
                               2756                 :              3 :             recoveryStopAfter = true;
                               2757                 :              3 :             recoveryStopXid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               2758                 :              3 :             recoveryStopLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2759                 :              3 :             (void) getRecordTimestamp(record, &recoveryStopTime);
                               2760                 :              3 :             strlcpy(recoveryStopName, recordRestorePointData->rp_name, MAXFNAMELEN);
                               2761                 :                : 
                               2762         [ +  - ]:              3 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2763                 :                :                     (errmsg("recovery stopping at restore point \"%s\", time %s",
                               2764                 :                :                             recoveryStopName,
                               2765                 :                :                             timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime))));
                               2766                 :              3 :             return true;
                               2767                 :                :         }
                               2768                 :                :     }
                               2769                 :                : 
                               2770                 :                :     /* Check if the target LSN has been reached */
                               2771   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2734816 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN &&
                               2772                 :          10630 :         recoveryTargetInclusive &&
                               2773         [ +  + ]:          10630 :         record->ReadRecPtr >= recoveryTargetLSN)
                               2774                 :                :     {
                               2775                 :              4 :         recoveryStopAfter = true;
                               2776                 :              4 :         recoveryStopXid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               2777                 :              4 :         recoveryStopLSN = record->ReadRecPtr;
                               2778                 :              4 :         recoveryStopTime = 0;
                               2779                 :              4 :         recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2780         [ +  - ]:              4 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2781                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery stopping after WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"",
                               2782                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN))));
                               2783                 :              4 :         return true;
                               2784                 :                :     }
                               2785                 :                : 
                               2786         [ +  + ]:        2734812 :     if (rmid != RM_XACT_ID)
                               2787                 :        2714361 :         return false;
                               2788                 :                : 
                               2789                 :          20451 :     xact_info = info & XLOG_XACT_OPMASK;
                               2790                 :                : 
                               2791   [ +  +  +  + ]:          20451 :     if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT ||
                               2792         [ +  + ]:           1846 :         xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED ||
                               2793         [ +  + ]:            243 :         xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT ||
                               2794                 :                :         xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT_PREPARED)
                               2795                 :                :     {
                               2796                 :                :         TransactionId recordXid;
                               2797                 :                : 
                               2798                 :                :         /* Update the last applied transaction timestamp */
                               2799         [ +  - ]:          20220 :         if (getRecordTimestamp(record, &recordXtime))
                               2800                 :          20220 :             SetLatestXTime(recordXtime);
                               2801                 :                : 
                               2802                 :                :         /* Extract the XID of the committed/aborted transaction */
                               2803         [ +  + ]:          20220 :         if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED)
                               2804                 :                :         {
                               2805                 :             24 :             xl_xact_commit *xlrec = (xl_xact_commit *) XLogRecGetData(record);
                               2806                 :                :             xl_xact_parsed_commit parsed;
                               2807                 :                : 
                               2808                 :             24 :             ParseCommitRecord(XLogRecGetInfo(record),
                               2809                 :                :                               xlrec,
                               2810                 :                :                               &parsed);
                               2811                 :             24 :             recordXid = parsed.twophase_xid;
                               2812                 :                :         }
                               2813         [ +  + ]:          20196 :         else if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT_PREPARED)
                               2814                 :                :         {
                               2815                 :             12 :             xl_xact_abort *xlrec = (xl_xact_abort *) XLogRecGetData(record);
                               2816                 :                :             xl_xact_parsed_abort parsed;
                               2817                 :                : 
                               2818                 :             12 :             ParseAbortRecord(XLogRecGetInfo(record),
                               2819                 :                :                              xlrec,
                               2820                 :                :                              &parsed);
                               2821                 :             12 :             recordXid = parsed.twophase_xid;
                               2822                 :                :         }
                               2823                 :                :         else
                               2824                 :          20184 :             recordXid = XLogRecGetXid(record);
                               2825                 :                : 
                               2826                 :                :         /*
                               2827                 :                :          * There can be only one transaction end record with this exact
                               2828                 :                :          * transactionid
                               2829                 :                :          *
                               2830                 :                :          * when testing for an xid, we MUST test for equality only, since
                               2831                 :                :          * transactions are numbered in the order they start, not the order
                               2832                 :                :          * they complete. A higher numbered xid will complete before you about
                               2833                 :                :          * 50% of the time...
                               2834                 :                :          */
                               2835   [ +  +  +  - ]:          20220 :         if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_XID && recoveryTargetInclusive &&
                               2836         [ +  + ]:              2 :             recordXid == recoveryTargetXid)
                               2837                 :                :         {
                               2838                 :              1 :             recoveryStopAfter = true;
                               2839                 :              1 :             recoveryStopXid = recordXid;
                               2840                 :              1 :             recoveryStopTime = recordXtime;
                               2841                 :              1 :             recoveryStopLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2842                 :              1 :             recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2843                 :                : 
                               2844   [ -  +  -  - ]:              1 :             if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT ||
                               2845                 :                :                 xact_info == XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED)
                               2846                 :                :             {
                               2847         [ +  - ]:              1 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2848                 :                :                         (errmsg("recovery stopping after commit of transaction %u, time %s",
                               2849                 :                :                                 recoveryStopXid,
                               2850                 :                :                                 timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime))));
                               2851                 :                :             }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2852   [ #  #  #  # ]:UBC           0 :             else if (xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT ||
                               2853                 :                :                      xact_info == XLOG_XACT_ABORT_PREPARED)
                               2854                 :                :             {
                               2855         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2856                 :                :                         (errmsg("recovery stopping after abort of transaction %u, time %s",
                               2857                 :                :                                 recoveryStopXid,
                               2858                 :                :                                 timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime))));
                               2859                 :                :             }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2860                 :CBC           1 :             return true;
                               2861                 :                :         }
                               2862                 :                :     }
                               2863                 :                : 
                               2864                 :                :     /* Check if we should stop as soon as reaching consistency */
                               2865   [ -  +  -  - ]:          20450 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE && reachedConsistency)
                               2866                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2867         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2868                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery stopping after reaching consistency")));
                               2869                 :                : 
                               2870                 :              0 :         recoveryStopAfter = true;
                               2871                 :              0 :         recoveryStopXid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               2872                 :              0 :         recoveryStopTime = 0;
                               2873                 :              0 :         recoveryStopLSN = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               2874                 :              0 :         recoveryStopName[0] = '\0';
                               2875                 :              0 :         return true;
                               2876                 :                :     }
                               2877                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2878                 :CBC       20450 :     return false;
                               2879                 :                : }
                               2880                 :                : 
                               2881                 :                : /*
                               2882                 :                :  * Create a comment for the history file to explain why and where
                               2883                 :                :  * timeline changed.
                               2884                 :                :  */
                               2885                 :                : static char *
                               2886                 :            729 : getRecoveryStopReason(void)
                               2887                 :                : {
                               2888                 :                :     char        reason[200];
                               2889                 :                : 
                               2890         [ -  + ]:            729 :     if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_XID)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2891                 :UBC           0 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason),
                               2892                 :                :                  "%s transaction %u",
                               2893         [ #  # ]:              0 :                  recoveryStopAfter ? "after" : "before",
                               2894                 :                :                  recoveryStopXid);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2895         [ -  + ]:CBC         729 :     else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2896                 :UBC           0 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason),
                               2897                 :                :                  "%s %s\n",
                               2898         [ #  # ]:              0 :                  recoveryStopAfter ? "after" : "before",
                               2899                 :                :                  timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2900         [ +  + ]:CBC         729 :     else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2901                 :GBC           5 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason),
                               2902                 :                :                  "%s LSN %X/%X\n",
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2903                 :CBC           5 :                  recoveryStopAfter ? "after" : "before",
                               2904         [ +  + ]:              5 :                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN));
                               2905         [ +  + ]:            724 :     else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME)
                               2906                 :              3 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason),
                               2907                 :                :                  "at restore point \"%s\"",
                               2908                 :                :                  recoveryStopName);
                               2909         [ -  + ]:            721 :     else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2910                 :UBC           0 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason), "reached consistency");
                               2911                 :                :     else
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2912                 :CBC         721 :         snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason), "no recovery target specified");
                               2913                 :                : 
                               2914                 :            729 :     return pstrdup(reason);
                               2915                 :                : }
                               2916                 :                : 
                               2917                 :                : /*
                               2918                 :                :  * Wait until shared recoveryPauseState is set to RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED.
                               2919                 :                :  *
                               2920                 :                :  * endOfRecovery is true if the recovery target is reached and
                               2921                 :                :  * the paused state starts at the end of recovery because of
                               2922                 :                :  * recovery_target_action=pause, and false otherwise.
                               2923                 :                :  */
                               2924                 :                : static void
                               2925                 :              8 : recoveryPausesHere(bool endOfRecovery)
                               2926                 :                : {
                               2927                 :                :     /* Don't pause unless users can connect! */
                               2928         [ -  + ]:              8 :     if (!LocalHotStandbyActive)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2929                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               2930                 :                : 
                               2931                 :                :     /* Don't pause after standby promotion has been triggered */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2932         [ -  + ]:CBC           8 :     if (LocalPromoteIsTriggered)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2933                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               2934                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2935         [ +  + ]:CBC           8 :     if (endOfRecovery)
                               2936         [ +  - ]:              6 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2937                 :                :                 (errmsg("pausing at the end of recovery"),
                               2938                 :                :                  errhint("Execute pg_wal_replay_resume() to promote.")));
                               2939                 :                :     else
                               2940         [ +  - ]:              2 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2941                 :                :                 (errmsg("recovery has paused"),
                               2942                 :                :                  errhint("Execute pg_wal_replay_resume() to continue.")));
                               2943                 :                : 
                               2944                 :                :     /* loop until recoveryPauseState is set to RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED */
                               2945         [ +  + ]:             18 :     while (GetRecoveryPauseState() != RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
                               2946                 :                :     {
                               2947                 :             17 :         HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               2948         [ +  + ]:             17 :         if (CheckForStandbyTrigger())
                               2949                 :              1 :             return;
                               2950                 :                : 
                               2951                 :                :         /*
                               2952                 :                :          * If recovery pause is requested then set it paused.  While we are in
                               2953                 :                :          * the loop, user might resume and pause again so set this every time.
                               2954                 :                :          */
                               2955                 :             16 :         ConfirmRecoveryPaused();
                               2956                 :                : 
                               2957                 :                :         /*
                               2958                 :                :          * We wait on a condition variable that will wake us as soon as the
                               2959                 :                :          * pause ends, but we use a timeout so we can check the above exit
                               2960                 :                :          * condition periodically too.
                               2961                 :                :          */
                               2962                 :             16 :         ConditionVariableTimedSleep(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryNotPausedCV, 1000,
                               2963                 :                :                                     WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_PAUSE);
                               2964                 :                :     }
                               2965                 :              1 :     ConditionVariableCancelSleep();
                               2966                 :                : }
                               2967                 :                : 
                               2968                 :                : /*
                               2969                 :                :  * When recovery_min_apply_delay is set, we wait long enough to make sure
                               2970                 :                :  * certain record types are applied at least that interval behind the primary.
                               2971                 :                :  *
                               2972                 :                :  * Returns true if we waited.
                               2973                 :                :  *
                               2974                 :                :  * Note that the delay is calculated between the WAL record log time and
                               2975                 :                :  * the current time on standby. We would prefer to keep track of when this
                               2976                 :                :  * standby received each WAL record, which would allow a more consistent
                               2977                 :                :  * approach and one not affected by time synchronisation issues, but that
                               2978                 :                :  * is significantly more effort and complexity for little actual gain in
                               2979                 :                :  * usability.
                               2980                 :                :  */
                               2981                 :                : static bool
                               2982                 :        2982024 : recoveryApplyDelay(XLogReaderState *record)
                               2983                 :                : {
                               2984                 :                :     uint8       xact_info;
                               2985                 :                :     TimestampTz xtime;
                               2986                 :                :     TimestampTz delayUntil;
                               2987                 :                :     long        msecs;
                               2988                 :                : 
                               2989                 :                :     /* nothing to do if no delay configured */
                               2990         [ +  + ]:        2982024 :     if (recovery_min_apply_delay <= 0)
                               2991                 :        2981973 :         return false;
                               2992                 :                : 
                               2993                 :                :     /* no delay is applied on a database not yet consistent */
                               2994         [ +  + ]:             51 :     if (!reachedConsistency)
                               2995                 :              4 :         return false;
                               2996                 :                : 
                               2997                 :                :     /* nothing to do if crash recovery is requested */
                               2998         [ -  + ]:             47 :     if (!ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2999                 :UBC           0 :         return false;
                               3000                 :                : 
                               3001                 :                :     /*
                               3002                 :                :      * Is it a COMMIT record?
                               3003                 :                :      *
                               3004                 :                :      * We deliberately choose not to delay aborts since they have no effect on
                               3005                 :                :      * MVCC. We already allow replay of records that don't have a timestamp,
                               3006                 :                :      * so there is already opportunity for issues caused by early conflicts on
                               3007                 :                :      * standbys.
                               3008                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3009         [ +  + ]:CBC          47 :     if (XLogRecGetRmid(record) != RM_XACT_ID)
                               3010                 :             43 :         return false;
                               3011                 :                : 
                               3012                 :              4 :     xact_info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLOG_XACT_OPMASK;
                               3013                 :                : 
                               3014   [ -  +  -  - ]:              4 :     if (xact_info != XLOG_XACT_COMMIT &&
                               3015                 :                :         xact_info != XLOG_XACT_COMMIT_PREPARED)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3016                 :UBC           0 :         return false;
                               3017                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3018         [ -  + ]:CBC           4 :     if (!getRecordTimestamp(record, &xtime))
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3019                 :UBC           0 :         return false;
                               3020                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3021                 :CBC           4 :     delayUntil = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(xtime, recovery_min_apply_delay);
                               3022                 :                : 
                               3023                 :                :     /*
                               3024                 :                :      * Exit without arming the latch if it's already past time to apply this
                               3025                 :                :      * record
                               3026                 :                :      */
                               3027                 :              4 :     msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(GetCurrentTimestamp(), delayUntil);
                               3028         [ +  - ]:              4 :     if (msecs <= 0)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3029                 :UBC           0 :         return false;
                               3030                 :                : 
                               3031                 :                :     while (true)
                               3032                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3033                 :CBC          11 :         ResetLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                               3034                 :                : 
                               3035                 :                :         /* This might change recovery_min_apply_delay. */
                               3036                 :             11 :         HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               3037                 :                : 
                               3038         [ -  + ]:             11 :         if (CheckForStandbyTrigger())
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3039                 :UBC           0 :             break;
                               3040                 :                : 
                               3041                 :                :         /*
                               3042                 :                :          * Recalculate delayUntil as recovery_min_apply_delay could have
                               3043                 :                :          * changed while waiting in this loop.
                               3044                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3045                 :CBC          11 :         delayUntil = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(xtime, recovery_min_apply_delay);
                               3046                 :                : 
                               3047                 :                :         /*
                               3048                 :                :          * Wait for difference between GetCurrentTimestamp() and delayUntil.
                               3049                 :                :          */
                               3050                 :             11 :         msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(GetCurrentTimestamp(),
                               3051                 :                :                                                 delayUntil);
                               3052                 :                : 
                               3053         [ +  + ]:             11 :         if (msecs <= 0)
                               3054                 :              4 :             break;
                               3055                 :                : 
                               3056         [ -  + ]:              7 :         elog(DEBUG2, "recovery apply delay %ld milliseconds", msecs);
                               3057                 :                : 
                               3058                 :              7 :         (void) WaitLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch,
                               3059                 :                :                          WL_LATCH_SET | WL_TIMEOUT | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
                               3060                 :                :                          msecs,
                               3061                 :                :                          WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_APPLY_DELAY);
                               3062                 :                :     }
                               3063                 :              4 :     return true;
                               3064                 :                : }
                               3065                 :                : 
                               3066                 :                : /*
                               3067                 :                :  * Get the current state of the recovery pause request.
                               3068                 :                :  */
                               3069                 :                : RecoveryPauseState
                               3070                 :             22 : GetRecoveryPauseState(void)
                               3071                 :                : {
                               3072                 :                :     RecoveryPauseState state;
                               3073                 :                : 
                               3074         [ -  + ]:             22 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3075                 :             22 :     state = XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState;
                               3076                 :             22 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3077                 :                : 
                               3078                 :             22 :     return state;
                               3079                 :                : }
                               3080                 :                : 
                               3081                 :                : /*
                               3082                 :                :  * Set the recovery pause state.
                               3083                 :                :  *
                               3084                 :                :  * If recovery pause is requested then sets the recovery pause state to
                               3085                 :                :  * 'pause requested' if it is not already 'paused'.  Otherwise, sets it
                               3086                 :                :  * to 'not paused' to resume the recovery.  The recovery pause will be
                               3087                 :                :  * confirmed by the ConfirmRecoveryPaused.
                               3088                 :                :  */
                               3089                 :                : void
                               3090                 :             48 : SetRecoveryPause(bool recoveryPause)
                               3091                 :                : {
                               3092         [ -  + ]:             48 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3093                 :                : 
                               3094         [ +  + ]:             48 :     if (!recoveryPause)
                               3095                 :             40 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState = RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED;
                               3096         [ +  - ]:              8 :     else if (XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState == RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
                               3097                 :              8 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState = RECOVERY_PAUSE_REQUESTED;
                               3098                 :                : 
                               3099                 :             48 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3100                 :                : 
                               3101         [ +  + ]:             48 :     if (!recoveryPause)
                               3102                 :             40 :         ConditionVariableBroadcast(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryNotPausedCV);
                               3103                 :             48 : }
                               3104                 :                : 
                               3105                 :                : /*
                               3106                 :                :  * Confirm the recovery pause by setting the recovery pause state to
                               3107                 :                :  * RECOVERY_PAUSED.
                               3108                 :                :  */
                               3109                 :                : static void
                               3110                 :             16 : ConfirmRecoveryPaused(void)
                               3111                 :                : {
                               3112                 :                :     /* If recovery pause is requested then set it paused */
                               3113         [ -  + ]:             16 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3114         [ +  + ]:             16 :     if (XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState == RECOVERY_PAUSE_REQUESTED)
                               3115                 :              8 :         XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryPauseState = RECOVERY_PAUSED;
                               3116                 :             16 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               3117                 :             16 : }
                               3118                 :                : 
                               3119                 :                : 
                               3120                 :                : /*
                               3121                 :                :  * Attempt to read the next XLOG record.
                               3122                 :                :  *
                               3123                 :                :  * Before first call, the reader needs to be positioned to the first record
                               3124                 :                :  * by calling XLogPrefetcherBeginRead().
                               3125                 :                :  *
                               3126                 :                :  * If no valid record is available, returns NULL, or fails if emode is PANIC.
                               3127                 :                :  * (emode must be either PANIC, LOG). In standby mode, retries until a valid
                               3128                 :                :  * record is available.
                               3129                 :                :  */
                               3130                 :                : static XLogRecord *
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3131                 :        2983901 : ReadRecord(XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher, int emode,
                               3132                 :                :            bool fetching_ckpt, TimeLineID replayTLI)
                               3133                 :                : {
                               3134                 :                :     XLogRecord *record;
                               3135                 :        2983901 :     XLogReaderState *xlogreader = XLogPrefetcherGetReader(xlogprefetcher);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3136                 :        2983901 :     XLogPageReadPrivate *private = (XLogPageReadPrivate *) xlogreader->private_data;
                               3137                 :                : 
                               3138                 :                :     /* Pass through parameters to XLogPageRead */
                               3139                 :        2983901 :     private->fetching_ckpt = fetching_ckpt;
                               3140                 :        2983901 :     private->emode = emode;
                               3141                 :        2983901 :     private->randAccess = (xlogreader->ReadRecPtr == InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               3142                 :        2983901 :     private->replayTLI = replayTLI;
                               3143                 :                : 
                               3144                 :                :     /* This is the first attempt to read this page. */
                               3145                 :        2983901 :     lastSourceFailed = false;
                               3146                 :                : 
                               3147                 :                :     for (;;)
                               3148                 :            214 :     {
                               3149                 :                :         char       *errormsg;
                               3150                 :                : 
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3151                 :        2984115 :         record = XLogPrefetcherReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, &errormsg);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3152         [ +  + ]:        2984032 :         if (record == NULL)
                               3153                 :                :         {
                               3154                 :                :             /*
                               3155                 :                :              * When we find that WAL ends in an incomplete record, keep track
                               3156                 :                :              * of that record.  After recovery is done, we'll write a record
                               3157                 :                :              * to indicate to downstream WAL readers that that portion is to
                               3158                 :                :              * be ignored.
                               3159                 :                :              *
                               3160                 :                :              * However, when ArchiveRecoveryRequested = true, we're going to
                               3161                 :                :              * switch to a new timeline at the end of recovery. We will only
                               3162                 :                :              * copy WAL over to the new timeline up to the end of the last
                               3163                 :                :              * complete record, so if we did this, we would later create an
                               3164                 :                :              * overwrite contrecord in the wrong place, breaking everything.
                               3165                 :                :              */
  594 rhaas@postgresql.org     3166         [ +  + ]:            357 :             if (!ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3167         [ +  + ]:            102 :                 !XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(xlogreader->abortedRecPtr))
                               3168                 :                :             {
                               3169                 :             10 :                 abortedRecPtr = xlogreader->abortedRecPtr;
                               3170                 :             10 :                 missingContrecPtr = xlogreader->missingContrecPtr;
                               3171                 :                :             }
                               3172                 :                : 
                               3173         [ +  + ]:            357 :             if (readFile >= 0)
                               3174                 :                :             {
                               3175                 :            336 :                 close(readFile);
                               3176                 :            336 :                 readFile = -1;
                               3177                 :                :             }
                               3178                 :                : 
                               3179                 :                :             /*
                               3180                 :                :              * We only end up here without a message when XLogPageRead()
                               3181                 :                :              * failed - in that case we already logged something. In
                               3182                 :                :              * StandbyMode that only happens if we have been triggered, so we
                               3183                 :                :              * shouldn't loop anymore in that case.
                               3184                 :                :              */
                               3185         [ +  + ]:            357 :             if (errormsg)
                               3186         [ +  + ]:            336 :                 ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, xlogreader->EndRecPtr),
                               3187                 :                :                         (errmsg_internal("%s", errormsg) /* already translated */ ));
                               3188                 :                :         }
                               3189                 :                : 
                               3190                 :                :         /*
                               3191                 :                :          * Check page TLI is one of the expected values.
                               3192                 :                :          */
                               3193         [ -  + ]:        2983675 :         else if (!tliInHistory(xlogreader->latestPageTLI, expectedTLEs))
                               3194                 :                :         {
                               3195                 :                :             char        fname[MAXFNAMELEN];
                               3196                 :                :             XLogSegNo   segno;
                               3197                 :                :             int32       offset;
                               3198                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3199                 :UBC           0 :             XLByteToSeg(xlogreader->latestPagePtr, segno, wal_segment_size);
                               3200                 :              0 :             offset = XLogSegmentOffset(xlogreader->latestPagePtr,
                               3201                 :                :                                        wal_segment_size);
                               3202                 :              0 :             XLogFileName(fname, xlogreader->seg.ws_tli, segno,
                               3203                 :                :                          wal_segment_size);
                               3204         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, xlogreader->EndRecPtr),
                               3205                 :                :                     (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u",
                               3206                 :                :                             xlogreader->latestPageTLI,
                               3207                 :                :                             fname,
                               3208                 :                :                             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->latestPagePtr),
                               3209                 :                :                             offset)));
                               3210                 :              0 :             record = NULL;
                               3211                 :                :         }
                               3212                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3213         [ +  + ]:CBC     2984032 :         if (record)
                               3214                 :                :         {
                               3215                 :                :             /* Great, got a record */
                               3216                 :        2983818 :             return record;
                               3217                 :                :         }
                               3218                 :                :         else
                               3219                 :                :         {
                               3220                 :                :             /* No valid record available from this source */
                               3221                 :            357 :             lastSourceFailed = true;
                               3222                 :                : 
                               3223                 :                :             /*
                               3224                 :                :              * If archive recovery was requested, but we were still doing
                               3225                 :                :              * crash recovery, switch to archive recovery and retry using the
                               3226                 :                :              * offline archive. We have now replayed all the valid WAL in
                               3227                 :                :              * pg_wal, so we are presumably now consistent.
                               3228                 :                :              *
                               3229                 :                :              * We require that there's at least some valid WAL present in
                               3230                 :                :              * pg_wal, however (!fetching_ckpt).  We could recover using the
                               3231                 :                :              * WAL from the archive, even if pg_wal is completely empty, but
                               3232                 :                :              * we'd have no idea how far we'd have to replay to reach
                               3233                 :                :              * consistency.  So err on the safe side and give up.
                               3234                 :                :              */
                               3235   [ +  +  +  + ]:            357 :             if (!InArchiveRecovery && ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
                               3236         [ +  - ]:              4 :                 !fetching_ckpt)
                               3237                 :                :             {
                               3238         [ -  + ]:              4 :                 ereport(DEBUG1,
                               3239                 :                :                         (errmsg_internal("reached end of WAL in pg_wal, entering archive recovery")));
                               3240                 :              4 :                 InArchiveRecovery = true;
                               3241         [ +  - ]:              4 :                 if (StandbyModeRequested)
  433 rhaas@postgresql.org     3242                 :              4 :                     EnableStandbyMode();
                               3243                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3244                 :              4 :                 SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(xlogreader->EndRecPtr, replayTLI);
                               3245                 :              4 :                 minRecoveryPoint = xlogreader->EndRecPtr;
                               3246                 :              4 :                 minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
                               3247                 :                : 
                               3248                 :              4 :                 CheckRecoveryConsistency();
                               3249                 :                : 
                               3250                 :                :                 /*
                               3251                 :                :                  * Before we retry, reset lastSourceFailed and currentSource
                               3252                 :                :                  * so that we will check the archive next.
                               3253                 :                :                  */
                               3254                 :              4 :                 lastSourceFailed = false;
                               3255                 :              4 :                 currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                               3256                 :                : 
                               3257                 :            214 :                 continue;
                               3258                 :                :             }
                               3259                 :                : 
                               3260                 :                :             /* In standby mode, loop back to retry. Otherwise, give up. */
                               3261   [ +  +  +  + ]:            353 :             if (StandbyMode && !CheckForStandbyTrigger())
                               3262                 :            210 :                 continue;
                               3263                 :                :             else
                               3264                 :            143 :                 return NULL;
                               3265                 :                :         }
                               3266                 :                :     }
                               3267                 :                : }
                               3268                 :                : 
                               3269                 :                : /*
                               3270                 :                :  * Read the XLOG page containing targetPagePtr into readBuf (if not read
                               3271                 :                :  * already).  Returns number of bytes read, if the page is read successfully,
                               3272                 :                :  * or XLREAD_FAIL in case of errors.  When errors occur, they are ereport'ed,
                               3273                 :                :  * but only if they have not been previously reported.
                               3274                 :                :  *
                               3275                 :                :  * See XLogReaderRoutine.page_read for more details.
                               3276                 :                :  *
                               3277                 :                :  * While prefetching, xlogreader->nonblocking may be set.  In that case,
                               3278                 :                :  * returns XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK if we'd otherwise have to wait for more WAL.
                               3279                 :                :  *
                               3280                 :                :  * This is responsible for restoring files from archive as needed, as well
                               3281                 :                :  * as for waiting for the requested WAL record to arrive in standby mode.
                               3282                 :                :  *
                               3283                 :                :  * xlogreader->private_data->emode specifies the log level used for reporting
                               3284                 :                :  * "file not found" or "end of WAL" situations in archive recovery, or in
                               3285                 :                :  * standby mode when promotion is triggered. If set to WARNING or below,
                               3286                 :                :  * XLogPageRead() returns XLREAD_FAIL in those situations, on higher log
                               3287                 :                :  * levels the ereport() won't return.
                               3288                 :                :  *
                               3289                 :                :  * In standby mode, if after a successful return of XLogPageRead() the
                               3290                 :                :  * caller finds the record it's interested in to be broken, it should
                               3291                 :                :  * ereport the error with the level determined by
                               3292                 :                :  * emode_for_corrupt_record(), and then set lastSourceFailed
                               3293                 :                :  * and call XLogPageRead() again with the same arguments. This lets
                               3294                 :                :  * XLogPageRead() to try fetching the record from another source, or to
                               3295                 :                :  * sleep and retry.
                               3296                 :                :  */
                               3297                 :                : static int
                               3298                 :         101721 : XLogPageRead(XLogReaderState *xlogreader, XLogRecPtr targetPagePtr, int reqLen,
                               3299                 :                :              XLogRecPtr targetRecPtr, char *readBuf)
                               3300                 :                : {
                               3301                 :         101721 :     XLogPageReadPrivate *private =
                               3302                 :                :         (XLogPageReadPrivate *) xlogreader->private_data;
                               3303                 :         101721 :     int         emode = private->emode;
                               3304                 :                :     uint32      targetPageOff;
                               3305                 :                :     XLogSegNo   targetSegNo PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY;
                               3306                 :                :     int         r;
                               3307                 :                : 
                               3308                 :         101721 :     XLByteToSeg(targetPagePtr, targetSegNo, wal_segment_size);
                               3309                 :         101721 :     targetPageOff = XLogSegmentOffset(targetPagePtr, wal_segment_size);
                               3310                 :                : 
                               3311                 :                :     /*
                               3312                 :                :      * See if we need to switch to a new segment because the requested record
                               3313                 :                :      * is not in the currently open one.
                               3314                 :                :      */
                               3315         [ +  + ]:         101721 :     if (readFile >= 0 &&
                               3316         [ +  + ]:         100408 :         !XLByteInSeg(targetPagePtr, readSegNo, wal_segment_size))
                               3317                 :                :     {
                               3318                 :                :         /*
                               3319                 :                :          * Request a restartpoint if we've replayed too much xlog since the
                               3320                 :                :          * last one.
                               3321                 :                :          */
                               3322   [ +  +  +  - ]:            189 :         if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && IsUnderPostmaster)
                               3323                 :                :         {
                               3324         [ +  + ]:            176 :             if (XLogCheckpointNeeded(readSegNo))
                               3325                 :                :             {
                               3326                 :             35 :                 (void) GetRedoRecPtr();
                               3327         [ +  + ]:             35 :                 if (XLogCheckpointNeeded(readSegNo))
                               3328                 :             30 :                     RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG);
                               3329                 :                :             }
                               3330                 :                :         }
                               3331                 :                : 
                               3332                 :            189 :         close(readFile);
                               3333                 :            189 :         readFile = -1;
                               3334                 :            189 :         readSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                               3335                 :                :     }
                               3336                 :                : 
                               3337                 :         101721 :     XLByteToSeg(targetPagePtr, readSegNo, wal_segment_size);
                               3338                 :                : 
                               3339                 :         101727 : retry:
                               3340                 :                :     /* See if we need to retrieve more data */
                               3341         [ +  + ]:         101727 :     if (readFile < 0 ||
                               3342         [ +  + ]:         100219 :         (readSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM &&
                               3343         [ +  + ]:          82597 :          flushedUpto < targetPagePtr + reqLen))
                               3344                 :                :     {
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3345         [ +  + ]:          27893 :         if (readFile >= 0 &&
                               3346         [ +  + ]:          26385 :             xlogreader->nonblocking &&
                               3347         [ +  - ]:          12976 :             readSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM &&
                               3348         [ +  - ]:          12976 :             flushedUpto < targetPagePtr + reqLen)
                               3349                 :          12976 :             return XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK;
                               3350                 :                : 
                               3351   [ +  +  +  - ]:          14834 :         switch (WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable(targetPagePtr + reqLen,
                               3352                 :          14917 :                                             private->randAccess,
                               3353                 :          14917 :                                             private->fetching_ckpt,
                               3354                 :                :                                             targetRecPtr,
                               3355                 :                :                                             private->replayTLI,
                               3356                 :                :                                             xlogreader->EndRecPtr,
                               3357                 :          14917 :                                             xlogreader->nonblocking))
                               3358                 :                :         {
                               3359                 :            117 :             case XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK:
                               3360                 :            117 :                 return XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK;
                               3361                 :             38 :             case XLREAD_FAIL:
                               3362         [ -  + ]:             38 :                 if (readFile >= 0)
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3363                 :UBC           0 :                     close(readFile);
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3364                 :CBC          38 :                 readFile = -1;
                               3365                 :             38 :                 readLen = 0;
                               3366                 :             38 :                 readSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                               3367                 :             38 :                 return XLREAD_FAIL;
                               3368                 :          14679 :             case XLREAD_SUCCESS:
                               3369                 :          14679 :                 break;
                               3370                 :                :         }
                               3371                 :                :     }
                               3372                 :                : 
                               3373                 :                :     /*
                               3374                 :                :      * At this point, we have the right segment open and if we're streaming we
                               3375                 :                :      * know the requested record is in it.
                               3376                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3377         [ -  + ]:          88513 :     Assert(readFile != -1);
                               3378                 :                : 
                               3379                 :                :     /*
                               3380                 :                :      * If the current segment is being streamed from the primary, calculate
                               3381                 :                :      * how much of the current page we have received already. We know the
                               3382                 :                :      * requested record has been received, but this is for the benefit of
                               3383                 :                :      * future calls, to allow quick exit at the top of this function.
                               3384                 :                :      */
                               3385         [ +  + ]:          88513 :     if (readSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM)
                               3386                 :                :     {
                               3387         [ +  + ]:          69684 :         if (((targetPagePtr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) != (flushedUpto / XLOG_BLCKSZ))
                               3388                 :          56739 :             readLen = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
                               3389                 :                :         else
                               3390                 :          12945 :             readLen = XLogSegmentOffset(flushedUpto, wal_segment_size) -
                               3391                 :                :                 targetPageOff;
                               3392                 :                :     }
                               3393                 :                :     else
                               3394                 :          18829 :         readLen = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
                               3395                 :                : 
                               3396                 :                :     /* Read the requested page */
                               3397                 :          88513 :     readOff = targetPageOff;
                               3398                 :                : 
                               3399                 :          88513 :     pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_READ);
  563 tmunro@postgresql.or     3400                 :          88513 :     r = pg_pread(readFile, readBuf, XLOG_BLCKSZ, (off_t) readOff);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3401         [ -  + ]:          88513 :     if (r != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
                               3402                 :                :     {
                               3403                 :                :         char        fname[MAXFNAMELEN];
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3404                 :UBC           0 :         int         save_errno = errno;
                               3405                 :                : 
                               3406                 :              0 :         pgstat_report_wait_end();
                               3407                 :              0 :         XLogFileName(fname, curFileTLI, readSegNo, wal_segment_size);
                               3408         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (r < 0)
                               3409                 :                :         {
                               3410                 :              0 :             errno = save_errno;
                               3411         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, targetPagePtr + reqLen),
                               3412                 :                :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               3413                 :                :                      errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u: %m",
                               3414                 :                :                             fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(targetPagePtr),
                               3415                 :                :                             readOff)));
                               3416                 :                :         }
                               3417                 :                :         else
                               3418         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, targetPagePtr + reqLen),
                               3419                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                               3420                 :                :                      errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u: read %d of %zu",
                               3421                 :                :                             fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(targetPagePtr),
                               3422                 :                :                             readOff, r, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ)));
                               3423                 :              0 :         goto next_record_is_invalid;
                               3424                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3425                 :CBC       88513 :     pgstat_report_wait_end();
                               3426                 :                : 
                               3427         [ -  + ]:          88513 :     Assert(targetSegNo == readSegNo);
                               3428         [ -  + ]:          88513 :     Assert(targetPageOff == readOff);
                               3429         [ -  + ]:          88513 :     Assert(reqLen <= readLen);
                               3430                 :                : 
                               3431                 :          88513 :     xlogreader->seg.ws_tli = curFileTLI;
                               3432                 :                : 
                               3433                 :                :     /*
                               3434                 :                :      * Check the page header immediately, so that we can retry immediately if
                               3435                 :                :      * it's not valid. This may seem unnecessary, because ReadPageInternal()
                               3436                 :                :      * validates the page header anyway, and would propagate the failure up to
                               3437                 :                :      * ReadRecord(), which would retry. However, there's a corner case with
                               3438                 :                :      * continuation records, if a record is split across two pages such that
                               3439                 :                :      * we would need to read the two pages from different sources. For
                               3440                 :                :      * example, imagine a scenario where a streaming replica is started up,
                               3441                 :                :      * and replay reaches a record that's split across two WAL segments. The
                               3442                 :                :      * first page is only available locally, in pg_wal, because it's already
                               3443                 :                :      * been recycled on the primary. The second page, however, is not present
                               3444                 :                :      * in pg_wal, and we should stream it from the primary. There is a
                               3445                 :                :      * recycled WAL segment present in pg_wal, with garbage contents, however.
                               3446                 :                :      * We would read the first page from the local WAL segment, but when
                               3447                 :                :      * reading the second page, we would read the bogus, recycled, WAL
                               3448                 :                :      * segment. If we didn't catch that case here, we would never recover,
                               3449                 :                :      * because ReadRecord() would retry reading the whole record from the
                               3450                 :                :      * beginning.
                               3451                 :                :      *
                               3452                 :                :      * Of course, this only catches errors in the page header, which is what
                               3453                 :                :      * happens in the case of a recycled WAL segment. Other kinds of errors or
                               3454                 :                :      * corruption still has the same problem. But this at least fixes the
                               3455                 :                :      * common case, which can happen as part of normal operation.
                               3456                 :                :      *
                               3457                 :                :      * Validating the page header is cheap enough that doing it twice
                               3458                 :                :      * shouldn't be a big deal from a performance point of view.
                               3459                 :                :      *
                               3460                 :                :      * When not in standby mode, an invalid page header should cause recovery
                               3461                 :                :      * to end, not retry reading the page, so we don't need to validate the
                               3462                 :                :      * page header here for the retry. Instead, ReadPageInternal() is
                               3463                 :                :      * responsible for the validation.
                               3464                 :                :      */
                               3465         [ +  + ]:          88513 :     if (StandbyMode &&
                               3466         [ +  + ]:          78413 :         !XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(xlogreader, targetPagePtr, readBuf))
                               3467                 :                :     {
                               3468                 :                :         /*
                               3469                 :                :          * Emit this error right now then retry this page immediately. Use
                               3470                 :                :          * errmsg_internal() because the message was already translated.
                               3471                 :                :          */
                               3472         [ +  - ]:              9 :         if (xlogreader->errormsg_buf[0])
                               3473         [ +  + ]:              9 :             ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, xlogreader->EndRecPtr),
                               3474                 :                :                     (errmsg_internal("%s", xlogreader->errormsg_buf)));
                               3475                 :                : 
                               3476                 :                :         /* reset any error XLogReaderValidatePageHeader() might have set */
  589 tmunro@postgresql.or     3477                 :              9 :         XLogReaderResetError(xlogreader);
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3478                 :              9 :         goto next_record_is_invalid;
                               3479                 :                :     }
                               3480                 :                : 
                               3481                 :          88504 :     return readLen;
                               3482                 :                : 
                               3483                 :              9 : next_record_is_invalid:
                               3484                 :                : 
                               3485                 :                :     /*
                               3486                 :                :      * If we're reading ahead, give up fast.  Retries and error reporting will
                               3487                 :                :      * be handled by a later read when recovery catches up to this point.
                               3488                 :                :      */
  589 tmunro@postgresql.or     3489         [ +  + ]:              9 :     if (xlogreader->nonblocking)
                               3490                 :              3 :         return XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK;
                               3491                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3492                 :              6 :     lastSourceFailed = true;
                               3493                 :                : 
                               3494         [ +  - ]:              6 :     if (readFile >= 0)
                               3495                 :              6 :         close(readFile);
                               3496                 :              6 :     readFile = -1;
                               3497                 :              6 :     readLen = 0;
                               3498                 :              6 :     readSource = XLOG_FROM_ANY;
                               3499                 :                : 
                               3500                 :                :     /* In standby-mode, keep trying */
                               3501         [ +  - ]:              6 :     if (StandbyMode)
                               3502                 :              6 :         goto retry;
                               3503                 :                :     else
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3504                 :UBC           0 :         return XLREAD_FAIL;
                               3505                 :                : }
                               3506                 :                : 
                               3507                 :                : /*
                               3508                 :                :  * Open the WAL segment containing WAL location 'RecPtr'.
                               3509                 :                :  *
                               3510                 :                :  * The segment can be fetched via restore_command, or via walreceiver having
                               3511                 :                :  * streamed the record, or it can already be present in pg_wal. Checking
                               3512                 :                :  * pg_wal is mainly for crash recovery, but it will be polled in standby mode
                               3513                 :                :  * too, in case someone copies a new segment directly to pg_wal. That is not
                               3514                 :                :  * documented or recommended, though.
                               3515                 :                :  *
                               3516                 :                :  * If 'fetching_ckpt' is true, we're fetching a checkpoint record, and should
                               3517                 :                :  * prepare to read WAL starting from RedoStartLSN after this.
                               3518                 :                :  *
                               3519                 :                :  * 'RecPtr' might not point to the beginning of the record we're interested
                               3520                 :                :  * in, it might also point to the page or segment header. In that case,
                               3521                 :                :  * 'tliRecPtr' is the position of the WAL record we're interested in. It is
                               3522                 :                :  * used to decide which timeline to stream the requested WAL from.
                               3523                 :                :  *
                               3524                 :                :  * 'replayLSN' is the current replay LSN, so that if we scan for new
                               3525                 :                :  * timelines, we can reject a switch to a timeline that branched off before
                               3526                 :                :  * this point.
                               3527                 :                :  *
                               3528                 :                :  * If the record is not immediately available, the function returns false
                               3529                 :                :  * if we're not in standby mode. In standby mode, waits for it to become
                               3530                 :                :  * available.
                               3531                 :                :  *
                               3532                 :                :  * When the requested record becomes available, the function opens the file
                               3533                 :                :  * containing it (if not open already), and returns XLREAD_SUCCESS. When end
                               3534                 :                :  * of standby mode is triggered by the user, and there is no more WAL
                               3535                 :                :  * available, returns XLREAD_FAIL.
                               3536                 :                :  *
                               3537                 :                :  * If nonblocking is true, then give up immediately if we can't satisfy the
                               3538                 :                :  * request, returning XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK instead of waiting.
                               3539                 :                :  */
                               3540                 :                : static XLogPageReadResult
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3541                 :CBC       14917 : WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable(XLogRecPtr RecPtr, bool randAccess,
                               3542                 :                :                             bool fetching_ckpt, XLogRecPtr tliRecPtr,
                               3543                 :                :                             TimeLineID replayTLI, XLogRecPtr replayLSN,
                               3544                 :                :                             bool nonblocking)
                               3545                 :                : {
                               3546                 :                :     static TimestampTz last_fail_time = 0;
                               3547                 :                :     TimestampTz now;
                               3548                 :          14917 :     bool        streaming_reply_sent = false;
                               3549                 :                : 
                               3550                 :                :     /*-------
                               3551                 :                :      * Standby mode is implemented by a state machine:
                               3552                 :                :      *
                               3553                 :                :      * 1. Read from either archive or pg_wal (XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE), or just
                               3554                 :                :      *    pg_wal (XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL)
                               3555                 :                :      * 2. Check for promotion trigger request
                               3556                 :                :      * 3. Read from primary server via walreceiver (XLOG_FROM_STREAM)
                               3557                 :                :      * 4. Rescan timelines
                               3558                 :                :      * 5. Sleep wal_retrieve_retry_interval milliseconds, and loop back to 1.
                               3559                 :                :      *
                               3560                 :                :      * Failure to read from the current source advances the state machine to
                               3561                 :                :      * the next state.
                               3562                 :                :      *
                               3563                 :                :      * 'currentSource' indicates the current state. There are no currentSource
                               3564                 :                :      * values for "check trigger", "rescan timelines", and "sleep" states,
                               3565                 :                :      * those actions are taken when reading from the previous source fails, as
                               3566                 :                :      * part of advancing to the next state.
                               3567                 :                :      *
                               3568                 :                :      * If standby mode is turned off while reading WAL from stream, we move
                               3569                 :                :      * to XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE and reset lastSourceFailed, to force fetching
                               3570                 :                :      * the files (which would be required at end of recovery, e.g., timeline
                               3571                 :                :      * history file) from archive or pg_wal. We don't need to kill WAL receiver
                               3572                 :                :      * here because it's already stopped when standby mode is turned off at
                               3573                 :                :      * the end of recovery.
                               3574                 :                :      *-------
                               3575                 :                :      */
                               3576         [ +  + ]:          14917 :     if (!InArchiveRecovery)
                               3577                 :            793 :         currentSource = XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL;
                               3578         [ +  + ]:          14124 :     else if (currentSource == XLOG_FROM_ANY ||
                               3579   [ +  +  -  + ]:          13979 :              (!StandbyMode && currentSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM))
                               3580                 :                :     {
                               3581                 :            145 :         lastSourceFailed = false;
                               3582                 :            145 :         currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE;
                               3583                 :                :     }
                               3584                 :                : 
                               3585                 :                :     for (;;)
                               3586                 :          13698 :     {
                               3587                 :          28615 :         XLogSource  oldSource = currentSource;
                               3588                 :          28615 :         bool        startWalReceiver = false;
                               3589                 :                : 
                               3590                 :                :         /*
                               3591                 :                :          * First check if we failed to read from the current source, and
                               3592                 :                :          * advance the state machine if so. The failure to read might've
                               3593                 :                :          * happened outside this function, e.g when a CRC check fails on a
                               3594                 :                :          * record, or within this loop.
                               3595                 :                :          */
                               3596         [ +  + ]:          28615 :         if (lastSourceFailed)
                               3597                 :                :         {
                               3598                 :                :             /*
                               3599                 :                :              * Don't allow any retry loops to occur during nonblocking
                               3600                 :                :              * readahead.  Let the caller process everything that has been
                               3601                 :                :              * decoded already first.
                               3602                 :                :              */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3603         [ +  + ]:            788 :             if (nonblocking)
                               3604                 :             83 :                 return XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK;
                               3605                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3606      [ +  +  - ]:            705 :             switch (currentSource)
                               3607                 :                :             {
                               3608                 :            395 :                 case XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE:
                               3609                 :                :                 case XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL:
                               3610                 :                : 
                               3611                 :                :                     /*
                               3612                 :                :                      * Check to see if promotion is requested. Note that we do
                               3613                 :                :                      * this only after failure, so when you promote, we still
                               3614                 :                :                      * finish replaying as much as we can from archive and
                               3615                 :                :                      * pg_wal before failover.
                               3616                 :                :                      */
                               3617   [ +  +  +  + ]:            395 :                     if (StandbyMode && CheckForStandbyTrigger())
                               3618                 :                :                     {
                               3619                 :             20 :                         XLogShutdownWalRcv();
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3620                 :             20 :                         return XLREAD_FAIL;
                               3621                 :                :                     }
                               3622                 :                : 
                               3623                 :                :                     /*
                               3624                 :                :                      * Not in standby mode, and we've now tried the archive
                               3625                 :                :                      * and pg_wal.
                               3626                 :                :                      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3627         [ +  + ]:            375 :                     if (!StandbyMode)
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3628                 :             18 :                         return XLREAD_FAIL;
                               3629                 :                : 
                               3630                 :                :                     /*
                               3631                 :                :                      * Move to XLOG_FROM_STREAM state, and set to start a
                               3632                 :                :                      * walreceiver if necessary.
                               3633                 :                :                      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3634                 :            357 :                     currentSource = XLOG_FROM_STREAM;
                               3635                 :            357 :                     startWalReceiver = true;
                               3636                 :            357 :                     break;
                               3637                 :                : 
                               3638                 :            310 :                 case XLOG_FROM_STREAM:
                               3639                 :                : 
                               3640                 :                :                     /*
                               3641                 :                :                      * Failure while streaming. Most likely, we got here
                               3642                 :                :                      * because streaming replication was terminated, or
                               3643                 :                :                      * promotion was triggered. But we also get here if we
                               3644                 :                :                      * find an invalid record in the WAL streamed from the
                               3645                 :                :                      * primary, in which case something is seriously wrong.
                               3646                 :                :                      * There's little chance that the problem will just go
                               3647                 :                :                      * away, but PANIC is not good for availability either,
                               3648                 :                :                      * especially in hot standby mode. So, we treat that the
                               3649                 :                :                      * same as disconnection, and retry from archive/pg_wal
                               3650                 :                :                      * again. The WAL in the archive should be identical to
                               3651                 :                :                      * what was streamed, so it's unlikely that it helps, but
                               3652                 :                :                      * one can hope...
                               3653                 :                :                      */
                               3654                 :                : 
                               3655                 :                :                     /*
                               3656                 :                :                      * We should be able to move to XLOG_FROM_STREAM only in
                               3657                 :                :                      * standby mode.
                               3658                 :                :                      */
                               3659         [ -  + ]:            310 :                     Assert(StandbyMode);
                               3660                 :                : 
                               3661                 :                :                     /*
                               3662                 :                :                      * Before we leave XLOG_FROM_STREAM state, make sure that
                               3663                 :                :                      * walreceiver is not active, so that it won't overwrite
                               3664                 :                :                      * WAL that we restore from archive.
                               3665                 :                :                      */
  577 noah@leadboat.com        3666                 :            310 :                     XLogShutdownWalRcv();
                               3667                 :                : 
                               3668                 :                :                     /*
                               3669                 :                :                      * Before we sleep, re-scan for possible new timelines if
                               3670                 :                :                      * we were requested to recover to the latest timeline.
                               3671                 :                :                      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3672         [ +  - ]:            310 :                     if (recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST)
                               3673                 :                :                     {
                               3674         [ +  + ]:            310 :                         if (rescanLatestTimeLine(replayTLI, replayLSN))
                               3675                 :                :                         {
                               3676                 :             11 :                             currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE;
                               3677                 :             11 :                             break;
                               3678                 :                :                         }
                               3679                 :                :                     }
                               3680                 :                : 
                               3681                 :                :                     /*
                               3682                 :                :                      * XLOG_FROM_STREAM is the last state in our state
                               3683                 :                :                      * machine, so we've exhausted all the options for
                               3684                 :                :                      * obtaining the requested WAL. We're going to loop back
                               3685                 :                :                      * and retry from the archive, but if it hasn't been long
                               3686                 :                :                      * since last attempt, sleep wal_retrieve_retry_interval
                               3687                 :                :                      * milliseconds to avoid busy-waiting.
                               3688                 :                :                      */
                               3689                 :            299 :                     now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3690         [ +  + ]:            299 :                     if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(last_fail_time, now,
                               3691                 :                :                                                     wal_retrieve_retry_interval))
                               3692                 :                :                     {
                               3693                 :                :                         long        wait_time;
                               3694                 :                : 
                               3695                 :            428 :                         wait_time = wal_retrieve_retry_interval -
                               3696                 :            214 :                             TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(last_fail_time, now);
                               3697                 :                : 
                               3698         [ +  - ]:            214 :                         elog(LOG, "waiting for WAL to become available at %X/%X",
                               3699                 :                :                              LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr));
                               3700                 :                : 
                               3701                 :                :                         /* Do background tasks that might benefit us later. */
  502 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3702                 :            214 :                         KnownAssignedTransactionIdsIdleMaintenance();
                               3703                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3704                 :            214 :                         (void) WaitLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch,
                               3705                 :                :                                          WL_LATCH_SET | WL_TIMEOUT |
                               3706                 :                :                                          WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
                               3707                 :                :                                          wait_time,
                               3708                 :                :                                          WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_RETRIEVE_RETRY_INTERVAL);
                               3709                 :            187 :                         ResetLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                               3710                 :            187 :                         now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3711                 :                : 
                               3712                 :                :                         /* Handle interrupt signals of startup process */
                               3713                 :            187 :                         HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               3714                 :                :                     }
                               3715                 :            261 :                     last_fail_time = now;
                               3716                 :            261 :                     currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE;
                               3717                 :            261 :                     break;
                               3718                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3719                 :UBC           0 :                 default:
                               3720         [ #  # ]:              0 :                     elog(ERROR, "unexpected WAL source %d", currentSource);
                               3721                 :                :             }
                               3722                 :                :         }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3723         [ +  + ]:CBC       27827 :         else if (currentSource == XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL)
                               3724                 :                :         {
                               3725                 :                :             /*
                               3726                 :                :              * We just successfully read a file in pg_wal. We prefer files in
                               3727                 :                :              * the archive over ones in pg_wal, so try the next file again
                               3728                 :                :              * from the archive first.
                               3729                 :                :              */
                               3730         [ -  + ]:            791 :             if (InArchiveRecovery)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3731                 :UBC           0 :                 currentSource = XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE;
                               3732                 :                :         }
                               3733                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3734         [ +  + ]:CBC       28456 :         if (currentSource != oldSource)
                               3735   [ +  +  +  - ]:            629 :             elog(DEBUG2, "switched WAL source from %s to %s after %s",
                               3736                 :                :                  xlogSourceNames[oldSource], xlogSourceNames[currentSource],
                               3737                 :                :                  lastSourceFailed ? "failure" : "success");
                               3738                 :                : 
                               3739                 :                :         /*
                               3740                 :                :          * We've now handled possible failure. Try to read from the chosen
                               3741                 :                :          * source.
                               3742                 :                :          */
                               3743                 :          28456 :         lastSourceFailed = false;
                               3744                 :                : 
                               3745      [ +  +  - ]:          28456 :         switch (currentSource)
                               3746                 :                :         {
                               3747                 :           1451 :             case XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE:
                               3748                 :                :             case XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL:
                               3749                 :                : 
                               3750                 :                :                 /*
                               3751                 :                :                  * WAL receiver must not be running when reading WAL from
                               3752                 :                :                  * archive or pg_wal.
                               3753                 :                :                  */
                               3754         [ -  + ]:           1451 :                 Assert(!WalRcvStreaming());
                               3755                 :                : 
                               3756                 :                :                 /* Close any old file we might have open. */
                               3757         [ +  + ]:           1451 :                 if (readFile >= 0)
                               3758                 :                :                 {
                               3759                 :            124 :                     close(readFile);
                               3760                 :            124 :                     readFile = -1;
                               3761                 :                :                 }
                               3762                 :                :                 /* Reset curFileTLI if random fetch. */
                               3763         [ +  + ]:           1451 :                 if (randAccess)
                               3764                 :            968 :                     curFileTLI = 0;
                               3765                 :                : 
                               3766                 :                :                 /*
                               3767                 :                :                  * Try to restore the file from archive, or read an existing
                               3768                 :                :                  * file from pg_wal.
                               3769                 :                :                  */
                               3770                 :           1451 :                 readFile = XLogFileReadAnyTLI(readSegNo, DEBUG2,
                               3771         [ +  + ]:           1451 :                                               currentSource == XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE ? XLOG_FROM_ANY :
                               3772                 :                :                                               currentSource);
                               3773         [ +  + ]:           1451 :                 if (readFile >= 0)
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3774                 :           1207 :                     return XLREAD_SUCCESS;  /* success! */
                               3775                 :                : 
                               3776                 :                :                 /*
                               3777                 :                :                  * Nope, not found in archive or pg_wal.
                               3778                 :                :                  */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3779                 :            244 :                 lastSourceFailed = true;
                               3780                 :            244 :                 break;
                               3781                 :                : 
                               3782                 :          27005 :             case XLOG_FROM_STREAM:
                               3783                 :                :                 {
                               3784                 :                :                     bool        havedata;
                               3785                 :                : 
                               3786                 :                :                     /*
                               3787                 :                :                      * We should be able to move to XLOG_FROM_STREAM only in
                               3788                 :                :                      * standby mode.
                               3789                 :                :                      */
                               3790         [ -  + ]:          27005 :                     Assert(StandbyMode);
                               3791                 :                : 
                               3792                 :                :                     /*
                               3793                 :                :                      * First, shutdown walreceiver if its restart has been
                               3794                 :                :                      * requested -- but no point if we're already slated for
                               3795                 :                :                      * starting it.
                               3796                 :                :                      */
                               3797   [ +  +  +  - ]:          27005 :                     if (pendingWalRcvRestart && !startWalReceiver)
                               3798                 :                :                     {
                               3799                 :              4 :                         XLogShutdownWalRcv();
                               3800                 :                : 
                               3801                 :                :                         /*
                               3802                 :                :                          * Re-scan for possible new timelines if we were
                               3803                 :                :                          * requested to recover to the latest timeline.
                               3804                 :                :                          */
                               3805         [ +  - ]:              4 :                         if (recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal ==
                               3806                 :                :                             RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST)
                               3807                 :              4 :                             rescanLatestTimeLine(replayTLI, replayLSN);
                               3808                 :                : 
                               3809                 :              4 :                         startWalReceiver = true;
                               3810                 :                :                     }
                               3811                 :          27005 :                     pendingWalRcvRestart = false;
                               3812                 :                : 
                               3813                 :                :                     /*
                               3814                 :                :                      * Launch walreceiver if needed.
                               3815                 :                :                      *
                               3816                 :                :                      * If fetching_ckpt is true, RecPtr points to the initial
                               3817                 :                :                      * checkpoint location. In that case, we use RedoStartLSN
                               3818                 :                :                      * as the streaming start position instead of RecPtr, so
                               3819                 :                :                      * that when we later jump backwards to start redo at
                               3820                 :                :                      * RedoStartLSN, we will have the logs streamed already.
                               3821                 :                :                      */
                               3822   [ +  +  +  - ]:          27005 :                     if (startWalReceiver &&
                               3823         [ +  + ]:            361 :                         PrimaryConnInfo && strcmp(PrimaryConnInfo, "") != 0)
                               3824                 :                :                     {
                               3825                 :                :                         XLogRecPtr  ptr;
                               3826                 :                :                         TimeLineID  tli;
                               3827                 :                : 
                               3828         [ +  + ]:            321 :                         if (fetching_ckpt)
                               3829                 :                :                         {
                               3830                 :              1 :                             ptr = RedoStartLSN;
                               3831                 :              1 :                             tli = RedoStartTLI;
                               3832                 :                :                         }
                               3833                 :                :                         else
                               3834                 :                :                         {
                               3835                 :            320 :                             ptr = RecPtr;
                               3836                 :                : 
                               3837                 :                :                             /*
                               3838                 :                :                              * Use the record begin position to determine the
                               3839                 :                :                              * TLI, rather than the position we're reading.
                               3840                 :                :                              */
                               3841                 :            320 :                             tli = tliOfPointInHistory(tliRecPtr, expectedTLEs);
                               3842                 :                : 
                               3843   [ +  -  -  + ]:            320 :                             if (curFileTLI > 0 && tli < curFileTLI)
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3844         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "according to history file, WAL location %X/%X belongs to timeline %u, but previous recovered WAL file came from timeline %u",
                               3845                 :                :                                      LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tliRecPtr),
                               3846                 :                :                                      tli, curFileTLI);
                               3847                 :                :                         }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3848                 :CBC         321 :                         curFileTLI = tli;
                               3849                 :            321 :                         SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
                               3850                 :            321 :                         RequestXLogStreaming(tli, ptr, PrimaryConnInfo,
                               3851                 :                :                                              PrimarySlotName,
                               3852                 :                :                                              wal_receiver_create_temp_slot);
                               3853                 :            321 :                         flushedUpto = 0;
                               3854                 :                :                     }
                               3855                 :                : 
                               3856                 :                :                     /*
                               3857                 :                :                      * Check if WAL receiver is active or wait to start up.
                               3858                 :                :                      */
                               3859         [ +  + ]:          27005 :                     if (!WalRcvStreaming())
                               3860                 :                :                     {
                               3861                 :            285 :                         lastSourceFailed = true;
                               3862                 :            285 :                         break;
                               3863                 :                :                     }
                               3864                 :                : 
                               3865                 :                :                     /*
                               3866                 :                :                      * Walreceiver is active, so see if new data has arrived.
                               3867                 :                :                      *
                               3868                 :                :                      * We only advance XLogReceiptTime when we obtain fresh
                               3869                 :                :                      * WAL from walreceiver and observe that we had already
                               3870                 :                :                      * processed everything before the most recent "chunk"
                               3871                 :                :                      * that it flushed to disk.  In steady state where we are
                               3872                 :                :                      * keeping up with the incoming data, XLogReceiptTime will
                               3873                 :                :                      * be updated on each cycle. When we are behind,
                               3874                 :                :                      * XLogReceiptTime will not advance, so the grace time
                               3875                 :                :                      * allotted to conflicting queries will decrease.
                               3876                 :                :                      */
                               3877         [ +  + ]:          26720 :                     if (RecPtr < flushedUpto)
                               3878                 :            248 :                         havedata = true;
                               3879                 :                :                     else
                               3880                 :                :                     {
                               3881                 :                :                         XLogRecPtr  latestChunkStart;
                               3882                 :                : 
                               3883                 :          26472 :                         flushedUpto = GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(&latestChunkStart, &receiveTLI);
                               3884   [ +  +  +  - ]:          26472 :                         if (RecPtr < flushedUpto && receiveTLI == curFileTLI)
                               3885                 :                :                         {
                               3886                 :          13457 :                             havedata = true;
                               3887         [ +  + ]:          13457 :                             if (latestChunkStart <= RecPtr)
                               3888                 :                :                             {
                               3889                 :          12333 :                                 XLogReceiptTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3890                 :          12333 :                                 SetCurrentChunkStartTime(XLogReceiptTime);
                               3891                 :                :                             }
                               3892                 :                :                         }
                               3893                 :                :                         else
                               3894                 :          13015 :                             havedata = false;
                               3895                 :                :                     }
                               3896         [ +  + ]:          26720 :                     if (havedata)
                               3897                 :                :                     {
                               3898                 :                :                         /*
                               3899                 :                :                          * Great, streamed far enough.  Open the file if it's
                               3900                 :                :                          * not open already.  Also read the timeline history
                               3901                 :                :                          * file if we haven't initialized timeline history
                               3902                 :                :                          * yet; it should be streamed over and present in
                               3903                 :                :                          * pg_wal by now.  Use XLOG_FROM_STREAM so that source
                               3904                 :                :                          * info is set correctly and XLogReceiptTime isn't
                               3905                 :                :                          * changed.
                               3906                 :                :                          *
                               3907                 :                :                          * NB: We must set readTimeLineHistory based on
                               3908                 :                :                          * recoveryTargetTLI, not receiveTLI. Normally they'll
                               3909                 :                :                          * be the same, but if recovery_target_timeline is
                               3910                 :                :                          * 'latest' and archiving is configured, then it's
                               3911                 :                :                          * possible that we managed to retrieve one or more
                               3912                 :                :                          * new timeline history files from the archive,
                               3913                 :                :                          * updating recoveryTargetTLI.
                               3914                 :                :                          */
                               3915         [ +  + ]:          13705 :                         if (readFile < 0)
                               3916                 :                :                         {
                               3917         [ +  + ]:            233 :                             if (!expectedTLEs)
                               3918                 :              1 :                                 expectedTLEs = readTimeLineHistory(recoveryTargetTLI);
                               3919                 :            233 :                             readFile = XLogFileRead(readSegNo, PANIC,
                               3920                 :                :                                                     receiveTLI,
                               3921                 :                :                                                     XLOG_FROM_STREAM, false);
                               3922         [ -  + ]:            233 :                             Assert(readFile >= 0);
                               3923                 :                :                         }
                               3924                 :                :                         else
                               3925                 :                :                         {
                               3926                 :                :                             /* just make sure source info is correct... */
                               3927                 :          13472 :                             readSource = XLOG_FROM_STREAM;
                               3928                 :          13472 :                             XLogReceiptSource = XLOG_FROM_STREAM;
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3929                 :          13472 :                             return XLREAD_SUCCESS;
                               3930                 :                :                         }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3931                 :            233 :                         break;
                               3932                 :                :                     }
                               3933                 :                : 
                               3934                 :                :                     /* In nonblocking mode, return rather than sleeping. */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3935         [ +  + ]:          13015 :                     if (nonblocking)
                               3936                 :             34 :                         return XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK;
                               3937                 :                : 
                               3938                 :                :                     /*
                               3939                 :                :                      * Data not here yet. Check for trigger, then wait for
                               3940                 :                :                      * walreceiver to wake us up when new WAL arrives.
                               3941                 :                :                      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3942         [ +  + ]:          12981 :                     if (CheckForStandbyTrigger())
                               3943                 :                :                     {
                               3944                 :                :                         /*
                               3945                 :                :                          * Note that we don't return XLREAD_FAIL immediately
                               3946                 :                :                          * here. After being triggered, we still want to
                               3947                 :                :                          * replay all the WAL that was already streamed. It's
                               3948                 :                :                          * in pg_wal now, so we just treat this as a failure,
                               3949                 :                :                          * and the state machine will move on to replay the
                               3950                 :                :                          * streamed WAL from pg_wal, and then recheck the
                               3951                 :                :                          * trigger and exit replay.
                               3952                 :                :                          */
                               3953                 :             26 :                         lastSourceFailed = true;
                               3954                 :             26 :                         break;
                               3955                 :                :                     }
                               3956                 :                : 
                               3957                 :                :                     /*
                               3958                 :                :                      * Since we have replayed everything we have received so
                               3959                 :                :                      * far and are about to start waiting for more WAL, let's
                               3960                 :                :                      * tell the upstream server our replay location now so
                               3961                 :                :                      * that pg_stat_replication doesn't show stale
                               3962                 :                :                      * information.
                               3963                 :                :                      */
                               3964         [ +  + ]:          12955 :                     if (!streaming_reply_sent)
                               3965                 :                :                     {
                               3966                 :          11192 :                         WalRcvForceReply();
                               3967                 :          11192 :                         streaming_reply_sent = true;
                               3968                 :                :                     }
                               3969                 :                : 
                               3970                 :                :                     /* Do any background tasks that might benefit us later. */
  502 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3971                 :          12955 :                     KnownAssignedTransactionIdsIdleMaintenance();
                               3972                 :                : 
                               3973                 :                :                     /* Update pg_stat_recovery_prefetch before sleeping. */
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     3974                 :          12955 :                     XLogPrefetcherComputeStats(xlogprefetcher);
                               3975                 :                : 
                               3976                 :                :                     /*
                               3977                 :                :                      * Wait for more WAL to arrive, when we will be woken
                               3978                 :                :                      * immediately by the WAL receiver.
                               3979                 :                :                      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3980                 :          12955 :                     (void) WaitLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch,
                               3981                 :                :                                      WL_LATCH_SET | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
                               3982                 :                :                                      -1L,
                               3983                 :                :                                      WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_WAL_STREAM);
                               3984                 :          12946 :                     ResetLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                               3985                 :          12946 :                     break;
                               3986                 :                :                 }
                               3987                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3988                 :UBC           0 :             default:
                               3989         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected WAL source %d", currentSource);
                               3990                 :                :         }
                               3991                 :                : 
                               3992                 :                :         /*
                               3993                 :                :          * Check for recovery pause here so that we can confirm more quickly
                               3994                 :                :          * that a requested pause has actually taken effect.
                               3995                 :                :          */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3996         [ +  + ]:CBC       13734 :         if (((volatile XLogRecoveryCtlData *) XLogRecoveryCtl)->recoveryPauseState !=
                               3997                 :                :             RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
                               3998                 :              2 :             recoveryPausesHere(false);
                               3999                 :                : 
                               4000                 :                :         /*
                               4001                 :                :          * This possibly-long loop needs to handle interrupts of startup
                               4002                 :                :          * process.
                               4003                 :                :          */
                               4004                 :          13734 :         HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               4005                 :                :     }
                               4006                 :                : 
                               4007                 :                :     return XLREAD_FAIL;         /* not reached */
                               4008                 :                : }
                               4009                 :                : 
                               4010                 :                : 
                               4011                 :                : /*
                               4012                 :                :  * Determine what log level should be used to report a corrupt WAL record
                               4013                 :                :  * in the current WAL page, previously read by XLogPageRead().
                               4014                 :                :  *
                               4015                 :                :  * 'emode' is the error mode that would be used to report a file-not-found
                               4016                 :                :  * or legitimate end-of-WAL situation.   Generally, we use it as-is, but if
                               4017                 :                :  * we're retrying the exact same record that we've tried previously, only
                               4018                 :                :  * complain the first time to keep the noise down.  However, we only do when
                               4019                 :                :  * reading from pg_wal, because we don't expect any invalid records in archive
                               4020                 :                :  * or in records streamed from the primary. Files in the archive should be complete,
                               4021                 :                :  * and we should never hit the end of WAL because we stop and wait for more WAL
                               4022                 :                :  * to arrive before replaying it.
                               4023                 :                :  *
                               4024                 :                :  * NOTE: This function remembers the RecPtr value it was last called with,
                               4025                 :                :  * to suppress repeated messages about the same record. Only call this when
                               4026                 :                :  * you are about to ereport(), or you might cause a later message to be
                               4027                 :                :  * erroneously suppressed.
                               4028                 :                :  */
                               4029                 :                : static int
                               4030                 :            345 : emode_for_corrupt_record(int emode, XLogRecPtr RecPtr)
                               4031                 :                : {
                               4032                 :                :     static XLogRecPtr lastComplaint = 0;
                               4033                 :                : 
                               4034   [ +  -  +  - ]:            345 :     if (readSource == XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL && emode == LOG)
                               4035                 :                :     {
                               4036         [ +  + ]:            345 :         if (RecPtr == lastComplaint)
                               4037                 :            127 :             emode = DEBUG1;
                               4038                 :                :         else
                               4039                 :            218 :             lastComplaint = RecPtr;
                               4040                 :                :     }
                               4041                 :            345 :     return emode;
                               4042                 :                : }
                               4043                 :                : 
                               4044                 :                : 
                               4045                 :                : /*
                               4046                 :                :  * Subroutine to try to fetch and validate a prior checkpoint record.
                               4047                 :                :  */
                               4048                 :                : static XLogRecord *
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     4049                 :            823 : ReadCheckpointRecord(XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher, XLogRecPtr RecPtr,
                               4050                 :                :                      TimeLineID replayTLI)
                               4051                 :                : {
                               4052                 :                :     XLogRecord *record;
                               4053                 :                :     uint8       info;
                               4054                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4055         [ -  + ]:            823 :     Assert(xlogreader != NULL);
                               4056                 :                : 
                               4057         [ -  + ]:            823 :     if (!XRecOffIsValid(RecPtr))
                               4058                 :                :     {
  634 fujii@postgresql.org     4059         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4060                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid checkpoint location")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4061                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4062                 :                :     }
                               4063                 :                : 
  738 tmunro@postgresql.or     4064                 :CBC         823 :     XLogPrefetcherBeginRead(xlogprefetcher, RecPtr);
                               4065                 :            823 :     record = ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, LOG, true, replayTLI);
                               4066                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4067         [ -  + ]:            823 :     if (record == NULL)
                               4068                 :                :     {
  634 fujii@postgresql.org     4069         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4070                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid checkpoint record")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4071                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4072                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4073         [ -  + ]:CBC         823 :     if (record->xl_rmid != RM_XLOG_ID)
                               4074                 :                :     {
  634 fujii@postgresql.org     4075         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4076                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid resource manager ID in checkpoint record")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4077                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4078                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4079                 :CBC         823 :     info = record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
                               4080   [ +  +  -  + ]:            823 :     if (info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN &&
                               4081                 :                :         info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
                               4082                 :                :     {
  634 fujii@postgresql.org     4083         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4084                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid xl_info in checkpoint record")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4085                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4086                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4087         [ -  + ]:CBC         823 :     if (record->xl_tot_len != SizeOfXLogRecord + SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort + sizeof(CheckPoint))
                               4088                 :                :     {
  634 fujii@postgresql.org     4089         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4090                 :                :                 (errmsg("invalid length of checkpoint record")));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4091                 :              0 :         return NULL;
                               4092                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4093                 :CBC         823 :     return record;
                               4094                 :                : }
                               4095                 :                : 
                               4096                 :                : /*
                               4097                 :                :  * Scan for new timelines that might have appeared in the archive since we
                               4098                 :                :  * started recovery.
                               4099                 :                :  *
                               4100                 :                :  * If there are any, the function changes recovery target TLI to the latest
                               4101                 :                :  * one and returns 'true'.
                               4102                 :                :  */
                               4103                 :                : static bool
                               4104                 :            314 : rescanLatestTimeLine(TimeLineID replayTLI, XLogRecPtr replayLSN)
                               4105                 :                : {
                               4106                 :                :     List       *newExpectedTLEs;
                               4107                 :                :     bool        found;
                               4108                 :                :     ListCell   *cell;
                               4109                 :                :     TimeLineID  newtarget;
                               4110                 :            314 :     TimeLineID  oldtarget = recoveryTargetTLI;
                               4111                 :            314 :     TimeLineHistoryEntry *currentTle = NULL;
                               4112                 :                : 
                               4113                 :            314 :     newtarget = findNewestTimeLine(recoveryTargetTLI);
                               4114         [ +  + ]:            314 :     if (newtarget == recoveryTargetTLI)
                               4115                 :                :     {
                               4116                 :                :         /* No new timelines found */
                               4117                 :            303 :         return false;
                               4118                 :                :     }
                               4119                 :                : 
                               4120                 :                :     /*
                               4121                 :                :      * Determine the list of expected TLIs for the new TLI
                               4122                 :                :      */
                               4123                 :                : 
                               4124                 :             11 :     newExpectedTLEs = readTimeLineHistory(newtarget);
                               4125                 :                : 
                               4126                 :                :     /*
                               4127                 :                :      * If the current timeline is not part of the history of the new timeline,
                               4128                 :                :      * we cannot proceed to it.
                               4129                 :                :      */
                               4130                 :             11 :     found = false;
                               4131   [ +  -  +  -  :             22 :     foreach(cell, newExpectedTLEs)
                                              +  - ]
                               4132                 :                :     {
                               4133                 :             22 :         currentTle = (TimeLineHistoryEntry *) lfirst(cell);
                               4134                 :                : 
                               4135         [ +  + ]:             22 :         if (currentTle->tli == recoveryTargetTLI)
                               4136                 :                :         {
                               4137                 :             11 :             found = true;
                               4138                 :             11 :             break;
                               4139                 :                :         }
                               4140                 :                :     }
                               4141         [ -  + ]:             11 :     if (!found)
                               4142                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4143         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4144                 :                :                 (errmsg("new timeline %u is not a child of database system timeline %u",
                               4145                 :                :                         newtarget,
                               4146                 :                :                         replayTLI)));
                               4147                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4148                 :                :     }
                               4149                 :                : 
                               4150                 :                :     /*
                               4151                 :                :      * The current timeline was found in the history file, but check that the
                               4152                 :                :      * next timeline was forked off from it *after* the current recovery
                               4153                 :                :      * location.
                               4154                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4155         [ -  + ]:CBC          11 :     if (currentTle->end < replayLSN)
                               4156                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4157         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4158                 :                :                 (errmsg("new timeline %u forked off current database system timeline %u before current recovery point %X/%X",
                               4159                 :                :                         newtarget,
                               4160                 :                :                         replayTLI,
                               4161                 :                :                         LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(replayLSN))));
                               4162                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4163                 :                :     }
                               4164                 :                : 
                               4165                 :                :     /* The new timeline history seems valid. Switch target */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4166                 :CBC          11 :     recoveryTargetTLI = newtarget;
                               4167                 :             11 :     list_free_deep(expectedTLEs);
                               4168                 :             11 :     expectedTLEs = newExpectedTLEs;
                               4169                 :                : 
                               4170                 :                :     /*
                               4171                 :                :      * As in StartupXLOG(), try to ensure we have all the history files
                               4172                 :                :      * between the old target and new target in pg_wal.
                               4173                 :                :      */
                               4174                 :             11 :     restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(oldtarget + 1, newtarget);
                               4175                 :                : 
                               4176         [ +  - ]:             11 :     ereport(LOG,
                               4177                 :                :             (errmsg("new target timeline is %u",
                               4178                 :                :                     recoveryTargetTLI)));
                               4179                 :                : 
                               4180                 :             11 :     return true;
                               4181                 :                : }
                               4182                 :                : 
                               4183                 :                : 
                               4184                 :                : /*
                               4185                 :                :  * Open a logfile segment for reading (during recovery).
                               4186                 :                :  *
                               4187                 :                :  * If source == XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE, the segment is retrieved from archive.
                               4188                 :                :  * Otherwise, it's assumed to be already available in pg_wal.
                               4189                 :                :  */
                               4190                 :                : static int
                               4191                 :           2321 : XLogFileRead(XLogSegNo segno, int emode, TimeLineID tli,
                               4192                 :                :              XLogSource source, bool notfoundOk)
                               4193                 :                : {
                               4194                 :                :     char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
                               4195                 :                :     char        activitymsg[MAXFNAMELEN + 16];
                               4196                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               4197                 :                :     int         fd;
                               4198                 :                : 
                               4199                 :           2321 :     XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
                               4200                 :                : 
                               4201      [ +  +  - ]:           2321 :     switch (source)
                               4202                 :                :     {
                               4203                 :            674 :         case XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE:
                               4204                 :                :             /* Report recovery progress in PS display */
                               4205                 :            674 :             snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "waiting for %s",
                               4206                 :                :                      xlogfname);
                               4207                 :            674 :             set_ps_display(activitymsg);
                               4208                 :                : 
                               4209         [ +  + ]:            674 :             if (!RestoreArchivedFile(path, xlogfname,
                               4210                 :                :                                      "RECOVERYXLOG",
                               4211                 :                :                                      wal_segment_size,
                               4212                 :                :                                      InRedo))
                               4213                 :            623 :                 return -1;
                               4214                 :             51 :             break;
                               4215                 :                : 
                               4216                 :           1647 :         case XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL:
                               4217                 :                :         case XLOG_FROM_STREAM:
                               4218                 :           1647 :             XLogFilePath(path, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
                               4219                 :           1647 :             break;
                               4220                 :                : 
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4221                 :UBC           0 :         default:
                               4222         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "invalid XLogFileRead source %d", source);
                               4223                 :                :     }
                               4224                 :                : 
                               4225                 :                :     /*
                               4226                 :                :      * If the segment was fetched from archival storage, replace the existing
                               4227                 :                :      * xlog segment (if any) with the archival version.
                               4228                 :                :      */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4229         [ +  + ]:CBC        1698 :     if (source == XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE)
                               4230                 :                :     {
                               4231         [ -  + ]:             51 :         Assert(!IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive());
                               4232                 :             51 :         KeepFileRestoredFromArchive(path, xlogfname);
                               4233                 :                : 
                               4234                 :                :         /*
                               4235                 :                :          * Set path to point at the new file in pg_wal.
                               4236                 :                :          */
                               4237                 :             51 :         snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", xlogfname);
                               4238                 :                :     }
                               4239                 :                : 
                               4240                 :           1698 :     fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY);
                               4241         [ +  + ]:           1698 :     if (fd >= 0)
                               4242                 :                :     {
                               4243                 :                :         /* Success! */
                               4244                 :           1440 :         curFileTLI = tli;
                               4245                 :                : 
                               4246                 :                :         /* Report recovery progress in PS display */
                               4247                 :           1440 :         snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "recovering %s",
                               4248                 :                :                  xlogfname);
                               4249                 :           1440 :         set_ps_display(activitymsg);
                               4250                 :                : 
                               4251                 :                :         /* Track source of data in assorted state variables */
                               4252                 :           1440 :         readSource = source;
                               4253                 :           1440 :         XLogReceiptSource = source;
                               4254                 :                :         /* In FROM_STREAM case, caller tracks receipt time, not me */
                               4255         [ +  + ]:           1440 :         if (source != XLOG_FROM_STREAM)
                               4256                 :           1207 :             XLogReceiptTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4257                 :                : 
                               4258                 :           1440 :         return fd;
                               4259                 :                :     }
                               4260   [ +  -  -  + ]:            258 :     if (errno != ENOENT || !notfoundOk) /* unexpected failure? */
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4261         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(PANIC,
                               4262                 :                :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4263                 :                :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4264                 :CBC         258 :     return -1;
                               4265                 :                : }
                               4266                 :                : 
                               4267                 :                : /*
                               4268                 :                :  * Open a logfile segment for reading (during recovery).
                               4269                 :                :  *
                               4270                 :                :  * This version searches for the segment with any TLI listed in expectedTLEs.
                               4271                 :                :  */
                               4272                 :                : static int
                               4273                 :           1451 : XLogFileReadAnyTLI(XLogSegNo segno, int emode, XLogSource source)
                               4274                 :                : {
                               4275                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               4276                 :                :     ListCell   *cell;
                               4277                 :                :     int         fd;
                               4278                 :                :     List       *tles;
                               4279                 :                : 
                               4280                 :                :     /*
                               4281                 :                :      * Loop looking for a suitable timeline ID: we might need to read any of
                               4282                 :                :      * the timelines listed in expectedTLEs.
                               4283                 :                :      *
                               4284                 :                :      * We expect curFileTLI on entry to be the TLI of the preceding file in
                               4285                 :                :      * sequence, or 0 if there was no predecessor.  We do not allow curFileTLI
                               4286                 :                :      * to go backwards; this prevents us from picking up the wrong file when a
                               4287                 :                :      * parent timeline extends to higher segment numbers than the child we
                               4288                 :                :      * want to read.
                               4289                 :                :      *
                               4290                 :                :      * If we haven't read the timeline history file yet, read it now, so that
                               4291                 :                :      * we know which TLIs to scan.  We don't save the list in expectedTLEs,
                               4292                 :                :      * however, unless we actually find a valid segment.  That way if there is
                               4293                 :                :      * neither a timeline history file nor a WAL segment in the archive, and
                               4294                 :                :      * streaming replication is set up, we'll read the timeline history file
                               4295                 :                :      * streamed from the primary when we start streaming, instead of
                               4296                 :                :      * recovering with a dummy history generated here.
                               4297                 :                :      */
                               4298         [ +  + ]:           1451 :     if (expectedTLEs)
                               4299                 :            628 :         tles = expectedTLEs;
                               4300                 :                :     else
                               4301                 :            823 :         tles = readTimeLineHistory(recoveryTargetTLI);
                               4302                 :                : 
                               4303   [ +  -  +  +  :           1722 :     foreach(cell, tles)
                                              +  + ]
                               4304                 :                :     {
                               4305                 :           1480 :         TimeLineHistoryEntry *hent = (TimeLineHistoryEntry *) lfirst(cell);
                               4306                 :           1480 :         TimeLineID  tli = hent->tli;
                               4307                 :                : 
                               4308         [ +  + ]:           1480 :         if (tli < curFileTLI)
                               4309                 :              2 :             break;              /* don't bother looking at too-old TLIs */
                               4310                 :                : 
                               4311                 :                :         /*
                               4312                 :                :          * Skip scanning the timeline ID that the logfile segment to read
                               4313                 :                :          * doesn't belong to
                               4314                 :                :          */
                               4315         [ +  + ]:           1478 :         if (hent->begin != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
                               4316                 :                :         {
                               4317                 :            108 :             XLogSegNo   beginseg = 0;
                               4318                 :                : 
                               4319                 :            108 :             XLByteToSeg(hent->begin, beginseg, wal_segment_size);
                               4320                 :                : 
                               4321                 :                :             /*
                               4322                 :                :              * The logfile segment that doesn't belong to the timeline is
                               4323                 :                :              * older or newer than the segment that the timeline started or
                               4324                 :                :              * ended at, respectively. It's sufficient to check only the
                               4325                 :                :              * starting segment of the timeline here. Since the timelines are
                               4326                 :                :              * scanned in descending order in this loop, any segments newer
                               4327                 :                :              * than the ending segment should belong to newer timeline and
                               4328                 :                :              * have already been read before. So it's not necessary to check
                               4329                 :                :              * the ending segment of the timeline here.
                               4330                 :                :              */
                               4331         [ +  + ]:            108 :             if (segno < beginseg)
                               4332                 :             13 :                 continue;
                               4333                 :                :         }
                               4334                 :                : 
                               4335   [ +  +  -  + ]:           1465 :         if (source == XLOG_FROM_ANY || source == XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE)
                               4336                 :                :         {
                               4337                 :            674 :             fd = XLogFileRead(segno, emode, tli,
                               4338                 :                :                               XLOG_FROM_ARCHIVE, true);
                               4339         [ +  + ]:            674 :             if (fd != -1)
                               4340                 :                :             {
                               4341         [ -  + ]:             51 :                 elog(DEBUG1, "got WAL segment from archive");
                               4342         [ +  + ]:             51 :                 if (!expectedTLEs)
                               4343                 :             21 :                     expectedTLEs = tles;
                               4344                 :           1207 :                 return fd;
                               4345                 :                :             }
                               4346                 :                :         }
                               4347                 :                : 
                               4348   [ +  +  +  - ]:           1414 :         if (source == XLOG_FROM_ANY || source == XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL)
                               4349                 :                :         {
                               4350                 :           1414 :             fd = XLogFileRead(segno, emode, tli,
                               4351                 :                :                               XLOG_FROM_PG_WAL, true);
                               4352         [ +  + ]:           1414 :             if (fd != -1)
                               4353                 :                :             {
                               4354         [ +  + ]:           1156 :                 if (!expectedTLEs)
                               4355                 :            801 :                     expectedTLEs = tles;
                               4356                 :           1156 :                 return fd;
                               4357                 :                :             }
                               4358                 :                :         }
                               4359                 :                :     }
                               4360                 :                : 
                               4361                 :                :     /* Couldn't find it.  For simplicity, complain about front timeline */
                               4362                 :            244 :     XLogFilePath(path, recoveryTargetTLI, segno, wal_segment_size);
                               4363                 :            244 :     errno = ENOENT;
                               4364         [ +  + ]:            244 :     ereport(emode,
                               4365                 :                :             (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4366                 :                :              errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
                               4367                 :            244 :     return -1;
                               4368                 :                : }
                               4369                 :                : 
                               4370                 :                : /*
                               4371                 :                :  * Set flag to signal the walreceiver to restart.  (The startup process calls
                               4372                 :                :  * this on noticing a relevant configuration change.)
                               4373                 :                :  */
                               4374                 :                : void
                               4375                 :              5 : StartupRequestWalReceiverRestart(void)
                               4376                 :                : {
                               4377   [ +  -  +  + ]:              5 :     if (currentSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM && WalRcvRunning())
                               4378                 :                :     {
                               4379         [ +  - ]:              4 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4380                 :                :                 (errmsg("WAL receiver process shutdown requested")));
                               4381                 :                : 
                               4382                 :              4 :         pendingWalRcvRestart = true;
                               4383                 :                :     }
                               4384                 :              5 : }
                               4385                 :                : 
                               4386                 :                : 
                               4387                 :                : /*
                               4388                 :                :  * Has a standby promotion already been triggered?
                               4389                 :                :  *
                               4390                 :                :  * Unlike CheckForStandbyTrigger(), this works in any process
                               4391                 :                :  * that's connected to shared memory.
                               4392                 :                :  */
                               4393                 :                : bool
                               4394                 :             49 : PromoteIsTriggered(void)
                               4395                 :                : {
                               4396                 :                :     /*
                               4397                 :                :      * We check shared state each time only until a standby promotion is
                               4398                 :                :      * triggered. We can't trigger a promotion again, so there's no need to
                               4399                 :                :      * keep checking after the shared variable has once been seen true.
                               4400                 :                :      */
                               4401         [ +  + ]:             49 :     if (LocalPromoteIsTriggered)
                               4402                 :             39 :         return true;
                               4403                 :                : 
                               4404         [ -  + ]:             10 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4405                 :             10 :     LocalPromoteIsTriggered = XLogRecoveryCtl->SharedPromoteIsTriggered;
                               4406                 :             10 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4407                 :                : 
                               4408                 :             10 :     return LocalPromoteIsTriggered;
                               4409                 :                : }
                               4410                 :                : 
                               4411                 :                : static void
                               4412                 :             39 : SetPromoteIsTriggered(void)
                               4413                 :                : {
                               4414         [ -  + ]:             39 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4415                 :             39 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->SharedPromoteIsTriggered = true;
                               4416                 :             39 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4417                 :                : 
                               4418                 :                :     /*
                               4419                 :                :      * Mark the recovery pause state as 'not paused' because the paused state
                               4420                 :                :      * ends and promotion continues if a promotion is triggered while recovery
                               4421                 :                :      * is paused. Otherwise pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state() can mistakenly
                               4422                 :                :      * return 'paused' while a promotion is ongoing.
                               4423                 :                :      */
                               4424                 :             39 :     SetRecoveryPause(false);
                               4425                 :                : 
                               4426                 :             39 :     LocalPromoteIsTriggered = true;
                               4427                 :             39 : }
                               4428                 :                : 
                               4429                 :                : /*
                               4430                 :                :  * Check whether a promote request has arrived.
                               4431                 :                :  */
                               4432                 :                : static bool
                               4433                 :          13635 : CheckForStandbyTrigger(void)
                               4434                 :                : {
                               4435         [ +  + ]:          13635 :     if (LocalPromoteIsTriggered)
                               4436                 :             47 :         return true;
                               4437                 :                : 
                               4438   [ +  +  +  - ]:          13588 :     if (IsPromoteSignaled() && CheckPromoteSignal())
                               4439                 :                :     {
                               4440         [ +  - ]:             39 :         ereport(LOG, (errmsg("received promote request")));
                               4441                 :             39 :         RemovePromoteSignalFiles();
                               4442                 :             39 :         ResetPromoteSignaled();
                               4443                 :             39 :         SetPromoteIsTriggered();
                               4444                 :             39 :         return true;
                               4445                 :                :     }
                               4446                 :                : 
                               4447                 :          13549 :     return false;
                               4448                 :                : }
                               4449                 :                : 
                               4450                 :                : /*
                               4451                 :                :  * Remove the files signaling a standby promotion request.
                               4452                 :                :  */
                               4453                 :                : void
                               4454                 :            767 : RemovePromoteSignalFiles(void)
                               4455                 :                : {
                               4456                 :            767 :     unlink(PROMOTE_SIGNAL_FILE);
                               4457                 :            767 : }
                               4458                 :                : 
                               4459                 :                : /*
                               4460                 :                :  * Check to see if a promote request has arrived.
                               4461                 :                :  */
                               4462                 :                : bool
                               4463                 :            740 : CheckPromoteSignal(void)
                               4464                 :                : {
                               4465                 :                :     struct stat stat_buf;
                               4466                 :                : 
                               4467         [ +  + ]:            740 :     if (stat(PROMOTE_SIGNAL_FILE, &stat_buf) == 0)
                               4468                 :             78 :         return true;
                               4469                 :                : 
                               4470                 :            662 :     return false;
                               4471                 :                : }
                               4472                 :                : 
                               4473                 :                : /*
                               4474                 :                :  * Wake up startup process to replay newly arrived WAL, or to notice that
                               4475                 :                :  * failover has been requested.
                               4476                 :                :  */
                               4477                 :                : void
                               4478                 :          22344 : WakeupRecovery(void)
                               4479                 :                : {
                               4480                 :          22344 :     SetLatch(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryWakeupLatch);
                               4481                 :          22344 : }
                               4482                 :                : 
                               4483                 :                : /*
                               4484                 :                :  * Schedule a walreceiver wakeup in the main recovery loop.
                               4485                 :                :  */
                               4486                 :                : void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4487                 :UBC           0 : XLogRequestWalReceiverReply(void)
                               4488                 :                : {
                               4489                 :              0 :     doRequestWalReceiverReply = true;
                               4490                 :              0 : }
                               4491                 :                : 
                               4492                 :                : /*
                               4493                 :                :  * Is HotStandby active yet? This is only important in special backends
                               4494                 :                :  * since normal backends won't ever be able to connect until this returns
                               4495                 :                :  * true. Postmaster knows this by way of signal, not via shared memory.
                               4496                 :                :  *
                               4497                 :                :  * Unlike testing standbyState, this works in any process that's connected to
                               4498                 :                :  * shared memory.  (And note that standbyState alone doesn't tell the truth
                               4499                 :                :  * anyway.)
                               4500                 :                :  */
                               4501                 :                : bool
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4502                 :CBC         162 : HotStandbyActive(void)
                               4503                 :                : {
                               4504                 :                :     /*
                               4505                 :                :      * We check shared state each time only until Hot Standby is active. We
                               4506                 :                :      * can't de-activate Hot Standby, so there's no need to keep checking
                               4507                 :                :      * after the shared variable has once been seen true.
                               4508                 :                :      */
                               4509         [ +  + ]:            162 :     if (LocalHotStandbyActive)
                               4510                 :             25 :         return true;
                               4511                 :                :     else
                               4512                 :                :     {
                               4513                 :                :         /* spinlock is essential on machines with weak memory ordering! */
                               4514         [ -  + ]:            137 :         SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4515                 :            137 :         LocalHotStandbyActive = XLogRecoveryCtl->SharedHotStandbyActive;
                               4516                 :            137 :         SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4517                 :                : 
                               4518                 :            137 :         return LocalHotStandbyActive;
                               4519                 :                :     }
                               4520                 :                : }
                               4521                 :                : 
                               4522                 :                : /*
                               4523                 :                :  * Like HotStandbyActive(), but to be used only in WAL replay code,
                               4524                 :                :  * where we don't need to ask any other process what the state is.
                               4525                 :                :  */
                               4526                 :                : static bool
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4527                 :UBC           0 : HotStandbyActiveInReplay(void)
                               4528                 :                : {
                               4529   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :     Assert(AmStartupProcess() || !IsPostmasterEnvironment);
                               4530                 :              0 :     return LocalHotStandbyActive;
                               4531                 :                : }
                               4532                 :                : 
                               4533                 :                : /*
                               4534                 :                :  * Get latest redo apply position.
                               4535                 :                :  *
                               4536                 :                :  * Exported to allow WALReceiver to read the pointer directly.
                               4537                 :                :  */
                               4538                 :                : XLogRecPtr
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4539                 :CBC       58867 : GetXLogReplayRecPtr(TimeLineID *replayTLI)
                               4540                 :                : {
                               4541                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  recptr;
                               4542                 :                :     TimeLineID  tli;
                               4543                 :                : 
                               4544         [ +  + ]:          58867 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4545                 :          58867 :     recptr = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedEndRecPtr;
                               4546                 :          58867 :     tli = XLogRecoveryCtl->lastReplayedTLI;
                               4547                 :          58867 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4548                 :                : 
                               4549         [ +  + ]:          58867 :     if (replayTLI)
                               4550                 :           2212 :         *replayTLI = tli;
                               4551                 :          58867 :     return recptr;
                               4552                 :                : }
                               4553                 :                : 
                               4554                 :                : 
                               4555                 :                : /*
                               4556                 :                :  * Get position of last applied, or the record being applied.
                               4557                 :                :  *
                               4558                 :                :  * This is different from GetXLogReplayRecPtr() in that if a WAL
                               4559                 :                :  * record is currently being applied, this includes that record.
                               4560                 :                :  */
                               4561                 :                : XLogRecPtr
                               4562                 :           7488 : GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(TimeLineID *replayEndTLI)
                               4563                 :                : {
                               4564                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  recptr;
                               4565                 :                :     TimeLineID  tli;
                               4566                 :                : 
                               4567         [ +  + ]:           7488 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4568                 :           7488 :     recptr = XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndRecPtr;
                               4569                 :           7488 :     tli = XLogRecoveryCtl->replayEndTLI;
                               4570                 :           7488 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4571                 :                : 
                               4572         [ +  - ]:           7488 :     if (replayEndTLI)
                               4573                 :           7488 :         *replayEndTLI = tli;
                               4574                 :           7488 :     return recptr;
                               4575                 :                : }
                               4576                 :                : 
                               4577                 :                : /*
                               4578                 :                :  * Save timestamp of latest processed commit/abort record.
                               4579                 :                :  *
                               4580                 :                :  * We keep this in XLogRecoveryCtl, not a simple static variable, so that it can be
                               4581                 :                :  * seen by processes other than the startup process.  Note in particular
                               4582                 :                :  * that CreateRestartPoint is executed in the checkpointer.
                               4583                 :                :  */
                               4584                 :                : static void
                               4585                 :          20220 : SetLatestXTime(TimestampTz xtime)
                               4586                 :                : {
                               4587         [ +  + ]:          20220 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4588                 :          20220 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryLastXTime = xtime;
                               4589                 :          20220 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4590                 :          20220 : }
                               4591                 :                : 
                               4592                 :                : /*
                               4593                 :                :  * Fetch timestamp of latest processed commit/abort record.
                               4594                 :                :  */
                               4595                 :                : TimestampTz
                               4596                 :            188 : GetLatestXTime(void)
                               4597                 :                : {
                               4598                 :                :     TimestampTz xtime;
                               4599                 :                : 
                               4600         [ -  + ]:            188 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4601                 :            188 :     xtime = XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryLastXTime;
                               4602                 :            188 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4603                 :                : 
                               4604                 :            188 :     return xtime;
                               4605                 :                : }
                               4606                 :                : 
                               4607                 :                : /*
                               4608                 :                :  * Save timestamp of the next chunk of WAL records to apply.
                               4609                 :                :  *
                               4610                 :                :  * We keep this in XLogRecoveryCtl, not a simple static variable, so that it can be
                               4611                 :                :  * seen by all backends.
                               4612                 :                :  */
                               4613                 :                : static void
                               4614                 :          12333 : SetCurrentChunkStartTime(TimestampTz xtime)
                               4615                 :                : {
                               4616         [ -  + ]:          12333 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4617                 :          12333 :     XLogRecoveryCtl->currentChunkStartTime = xtime;
                               4618                 :          12333 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4619                 :          12333 : }
                               4620                 :                : 
                               4621                 :                : /*
                               4622                 :                :  * Fetch timestamp of latest processed commit/abort record.
                               4623                 :                :  * Startup process maintains an accurate local copy in XLogReceiptTime
                               4624                 :                :  */
                               4625                 :                : TimestampTz
                               4626                 :            344 : GetCurrentChunkReplayStartTime(void)
                               4627                 :                : {
                               4628                 :                :     TimestampTz xtime;
                               4629                 :                : 
                               4630         [ +  + ]:            344 :     SpinLockAcquire(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4631                 :            344 :     xtime = XLogRecoveryCtl->currentChunkStartTime;
                               4632                 :            344 :     SpinLockRelease(&XLogRecoveryCtl->info_lck);
                               4633                 :                : 
                               4634                 :            344 :     return xtime;
                               4635                 :                : }
                               4636                 :                : 
                               4637                 :                : /*
                               4638                 :                :  * Returns time of receipt of current chunk of XLOG data, as well as
                               4639                 :                :  * whether it was received from streaming replication or from archives.
                               4640                 :                :  */
                               4641                 :                : void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4642                 :GBC          30 : GetXLogReceiptTime(TimestampTz *rtime, bool *fromStream)
                               4643                 :                : {
                               4644                 :                :     /*
                               4645                 :                :      * This must be executed in the startup process, since we don't export the
                               4646                 :                :      * relevant state to shared memory.
                               4647                 :                :      */
                               4648         [ -  + ]:             30 :     Assert(InRecovery);
                               4649                 :                : 
                               4650                 :             30 :     *rtime = XLogReceiptTime;
                               4651                 :             30 :     *fromStream = (XLogReceiptSource == XLOG_FROM_STREAM);
                               4652                 :             30 : }
                               4653                 :                : 
                               4654                 :                : /*
                               4655                 :                :  * Note that text field supplied is a parameter name and does not require
                               4656                 :                :  * translation
                               4657                 :                :  */
                               4658                 :                : void
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4659                 :CBC         765 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter(const char *param_name, int currValue, int minValue)
                               4660                 :                : {
                               4661         [ -  + ]:            765 :     if (currValue < minValue)
                               4662                 :                :     {
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4663         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         if (HotStandbyActiveInReplay())
                               4664                 :                :         {
                               4665                 :              0 :             bool        warned_for_promote = false;
                               4666                 :                : 
                               4667         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(WARNING,
                               4668                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               4669                 :                :                      errmsg("hot standby is not possible because of insufficient parameter settings"),
                               4670                 :                :                      errdetail("%s = %d is a lower setting than on the primary server, where its value was %d.",
                               4671                 :                :                                param_name,
                               4672                 :                :                                currValue,
                               4673                 :                :                                minValue)));
                               4674                 :                : 
                               4675                 :              0 :             SetRecoveryPause(true);
                               4676                 :                : 
                               4677         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4678                 :                :                     (errmsg("recovery has paused"),
                               4679                 :                :                      errdetail("If recovery is unpaused, the server will shut down."),
                               4680                 :                :                      errhint("You can then restart the server after making the necessary configuration changes.")));
                               4681                 :                : 
                               4682         [ #  # ]:              0 :             while (GetRecoveryPauseState() != RECOVERY_NOT_PAUSED)
                               4683                 :                :             {
                               4684                 :              0 :                 HandleStartupProcInterrupts();
                               4685                 :                : 
                               4686         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 if (CheckForStandbyTrigger())
                               4687                 :                :                 {
                               4688         [ #  # ]:              0 :                     if (!warned_for_promote)
                               4689         [ #  # ]:              0 :                         ereport(WARNING,
                               4690                 :                :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               4691                 :                :                                  errmsg("promotion is not possible because of insufficient parameter settings"),
                               4692                 :                : 
                               4693                 :                :                         /*
                               4694                 :                :                          * Repeat the detail from above so it's easy to find
                               4695                 :                :                          * in the log.
                               4696                 :                :                          */
                               4697                 :                :                                  errdetail("%s = %d is a lower setting than on the primary server, where its value was %d.",
                               4698                 :                :                                            param_name,
                               4699                 :                :                                            currValue,
                               4700                 :                :                                            minValue),
                               4701                 :                :                                  errhint("Restart the server after making the necessary configuration changes.")));
                               4702                 :              0 :                     warned_for_promote = true;
                               4703                 :                :                 }
                               4704                 :                : 
                               4705                 :                :                 /*
                               4706                 :                :                  * If recovery pause is requested then set it paused.  While
                               4707                 :                :                  * we are in the loop, user might resume and pause again so
                               4708                 :                :                  * set this every time.
                               4709                 :                :                  */
                               4710                 :              0 :                 ConfirmRecoveryPaused();
                               4711                 :                : 
                               4712                 :                :                 /*
                               4713                 :                :                  * We wait on a condition variable that will wake us as soon
                               4714                 :                :                  * as the pause ends, but we use a timeout so we can check the
                               4715                 :                :                  * above conditions periodically too.
                               4716                 :                :                  */
                               4717                 :              0 :                 ConditionVariableTimedSleep(&XLogRecoveryCtl->recoveryNotPausedCV, 1000,
                               4718                 :                :                                             WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_PAUSE);
                               4719                 :                :             }
                               4720                 :              0 :             ConditionVariableCancelSleep();
                               4721                 :                :         }
                               4722                 :                : 
                               4723         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4724                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               4725                 :                :                  errmsg("recovery aborted because of insufficient parameter settings"),
                               4726                 :                :         /* Repeat the detail from above so it's easy to find in the log. */
                               4727                 :                :                  errdetail("%s = %d is a lower setting than on the primary server, where its value was %d.",
                               4728                 :                :                            param_name,
                               4729                 :                :                            currValue,
                               4730                 :                :                            minValue),
                               4731                 :                :                  errhint("You can restart the server after making the necessary configuration changes.")));
                               4732                 :                :     }
  788 heikki.linnakangas@i     4733                 :CBC         765 : }
                               4734                 :                : 
                               4735                 :                : 
                               4736                 :                : /*
                               4737                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for primary_slot_name
                               4738                 :                :  */
                               4739                 :                : bool
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4740                 :           1088 : check_primary_slot_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4741                 :                : {
                               4742   [ +  -  +  + ]:           1088 :     if (*newval && strcmp(*newval, "") != 0 &&
                               4743         [ -  + ]:            155 :         !ReplicationSlotValidateName(*newval, WARNING))
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4744                 :UBC           0 :         return false;
                               4745                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4746                 :CBC        1088 :     return true;
                               4747                 :                : }
                               4748                 :                : 
                               4749                 :                : /*
                               4750                 :                :  * Recovery target settings: Only one of the several recovery_target* settings
                               4751                 :                :  * may be set.  Setting a second one results in an error.  The global variable
                               4752                 :                :  * recoveryTarget tracks which kind of recovery target was chosen.  Other
                               4753                 :                :  * variables store the actual target value (for example a string or a xid).
                               4754                 :                :  * The assign functions of the parameters check whether a competing parameter
                               4755                 :                :  * was already set.  But we want to allow setting the same parameter multiple
                               4756                 :                :  * times.  We also want to allow unsetting a parameter and setting a different
                               4757                 :                :  * one, so we unset recoveryTarget when the parameter is set to an empty
                               4758                 :                :  * string.
                               4759                 :                :  *
                               4760                 :                :  * XXX this code is broken by design.  Throwing an error from a GUC assign
                               4761                 :                :  * hook breaks fundamental assumptions of guc.c.  So long as all the variables
                               4762                 :                :  * for which this can happen are PGC_POSTMASTER, the consequences are limited,
                               4763                 :                :  * since we'd just abort postmaster startup anyway.  Nonetheless it's likely
                               4764                 :                :  * that we have odd behaviors such as unexpected GUC ordering dependencies.
                               4765                 :                :  */
                               4766                 :                : 
                               4767                 :                : static void
                               4768                 :                : pg_attribute_noreturn()
                               4769                 :              1 : error_multiple_recovery_targets(void)
                               4770                 :                : {
                               4771         [ +  - ]:              1 :     ereport(ERROR,
                               4772                 :                :             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               4773                 :                :              errmsg("multiple recovery targets specified"),
                               4774                 :                :              errdetail("At most one of recovery_target, recovery_target_lsn, recovery_target_name, recovery_target_time, recovery_target_xid may be set.")));
                               4775                 :                : }
                               4776                 :                : 
                               4777                 :                : /*
                               4778                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target
                               4779                 :                :  */
                               4780                 :                : bool
                               4781                 :            931 : check_recovery_target(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4782                 :                : {
                               4783   [ +  +  -  + ]:            931 :     if (strcmp(*newval, "immediate") != 0 && strcmp(*newval, "") != 0)
                               4784                 :                :     {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4785                 :UBC           0 :         GUC_check_errdetail("The only allowed value is \"immediate\".");
                               4786                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4787                 :                :     }
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4788                 :CBC         931 :     return true;
                               4789                 :                : }
                               4790                 :                : 
                               4791                 :                : /*
                               4792                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target
                               4793                 :                :  */
                               4794                 :                : void
                               4795                 :            931 : assign_recovery_target(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               4796                 :                : {
                               4797         [ -  + ]:            931 :     if (recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4798         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE)
                               4799                 :              0 :         error_multiple_recovery_targets();
                               4800                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4801   [ +  -  +  + ]:CBC         931 :     if (newval && strcmp(newval, "") != 0)
                               4802                 :              1 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE;
                               4803                 :                :     else
                               4804                 :            930 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                               4805                 :            931 : }
                               4806                 :                : 
                               4807                 :                : /*
                               4808                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target_lsn
                               4809                 :                :  */
                               4810                 :                : bool
                               4811                 :            934 : check_recovery_target_lsn(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4812                 :                : {
                               4813         [ +  + ]:            934 :     if (strcmp(*newval, "") != 0)
                               4814                 :                :     {
                               4815                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  lsn;
                               4816                 :                :         XLogRecPtr *myextra;
                               4817                 :              6 :         bool        have_error = false;
                               4818                 :                : 
                               4819                 :              6 :         lsn = pg_lsn_in_internal(*newval, &have_error);
                               4820         [ -  + ]:              6 :         if (have_error)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4821                 :UBC           0 :             return false;
                               4822                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4823                 :CBC           6 :         myextra = (XLogRecPtr *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sizeof(XLogRecPtr));
                               4824                 :              6 :         *myextra = lsn;
                               4825                 :              6 :         *extra = (void *) myextra;
                               4826                 :                :     }
                               4827                 :            934 :     return true;
                               4828                 :                : }
                               4829                 :                : 
                               4830                 :                : /*
                               4831                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target_lsn
                               4832                 :                :  */
                               4833                 :                : void
                               4834                 :            934 : assign_recovery_target_lsn(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               4835                 :                : {
                               4836         [ -  + ]:            934 :     if (recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4837         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN)
                               4838                 :              0 :         error_multiple_recovery_targets();
                               4839                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4840   [ +  -  +  + ]:CBC         934 :     if (newval && strcmp(newval, "") != 0)
                               4841                 :                :     {
                               4842                 :              6 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN;
                               4843                 :              6 :         recoveryTargetLSN = *((XLogRecPtr *) extra);
                               4844                 :                :     }
                               4845                 :                :     else
                               4846                 :            928 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                               4847                 :            934 : }
                               4848                 :                : 
                               4849                 :                : /*
                               4850                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target_name
                               4851                 :                :  */
                               4852                 :                : bool
                               4853                 :            937 : check_recovery_target_name(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4854                 :                : {
                               4855                 :                :     /* Use the value of newval directly */
                               4856         [ -  + ]:            937 :     if (strlen(*newval) >= MAXFNAMELEN)
                               4857                 :                :     {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4858                 :UBC           0 :         GUC_check_errdetail("%s is too long (maximum %d characters).",
                               4859                 :                :                             "recovery_target_name", MAXFNAMELEN - 1);
                               4860                 :              0 :         return false;
                               4861                 :                :     }
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4862                 :CBC         937 :     return true;
                               4863                 :                : }
                               4864                 :                : 
                               4865                 :                : /*
                               4866                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target_name
                               4867                 :                :  */
                               4868                 :                : void
                               4869                 :            937 : assign_recovery_target_name(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               4870                 :                : {
                               4871         [ -  + ]:            937 :     if (recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4872         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME)
                               4873                 :              0 :         error_multiple_recovery_targets();
                               4874                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4875   [ +  -  +  + ]:CBC         937 :     if (newval && strcmp(newval, "") != 0)
                               4876                 :                :     {
                               4877                 :              6 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME;
                               4878                 :              6 :         recoveryTargetName = newval;
                               4879                 :                :     }
                               4880                 :                :     else
                               4881                 :            931 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                               4882                 :            937 : }
                               4883                 :                : 
                               4884                 :                : /*
                               4885                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target_time
                               4886                 :                :  *
                               4887                 :                :  * The interpretation of the recovery_target_time string can depend on the
                               4888                 :                :  * time zone setting, so we need to wait until after all GUC processing is
                               4889                 :                :  * done before we can do the final parsing of the string.  This check function
                               4890                 :                :  * only does a parsing pass to catch syntax errors, but we store the string
                               4891                 :                :  * and parse it again when we need to use it.
                               4892                 :                :  */
                               4893                 :                : bool
                               4894                 :            933 : check_recovery_target_time(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4895                 :                : {
                               4896         [ +  + ]:            933 :     if (strcmp(*newval, "") != 0)
                               4897                 :                :     {
                               4898                 :                :         /* reject some special values */
                               4899         [ +  - ]:              3 :         if (strcmp(*newval, "now") == 0 ||
                               4900         [ +  - ]:              3 :             strcmp(*newval, "today") == 0 ||
                               4901         [ +  - ]:              3 :             strcmp(*newval, "tomorrow") == 0 ||
                               4902         [ -  + ]:              3 :             strcmp(*newval, "yesterday") == 0)
                               4903                 :                :         {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4904                 :UBC           0 :             return false;
                               4905                 :                :         }
                               4906                 :                : 
                               4907                 :                :         /*
                               4908                 :                :          * parse timestamp value (see also timestamptz_in())
                               4909                 :                :          */
                               4910                 :                :         {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4911                 :CBC           3 :             char       *str = *newval;
                               4912                 :                :             fsec_t      fsec;
                               4913                 :                :             struct pg_tm tt,
                               4914                 :              3 :                        *tm = &tt;
                               4915                 :                :             int         tz;
                               4916                 :                :             int         dtype;
                               4917                 :                :             int         nf;
                               4918                 :                :             int         dterr;
                               4919                 :                :             char       *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
                               4920                 :                :             int         ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
                               4921                 :                :             char        workbuf[MAXDATELEN + MAXDATEFIELDS];
                               4922                 :                :             DateTimeErrorExtra dtextra;
                               4923                 :                :             TimestampTz timestamp;
                               4924                 :                : 
                               4925                 :              3 :             dterr = ParseDateTime(str, workbuf, sizeof(workbuf),
                               4926                 :                :                                   field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf);
                               4927         [ +  - ]:              3 :             if (dterr == 0)
  492                          4928                 :              3 :                 dterr = DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf,
                               4929                 :                :                                        &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz, &dtextra);
  579                          4930         [ -  + ]:              3 :             if (dterr != 0)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4931                 :UBC           0 :                 return false;
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4932         [ -  + ]:CBC           3 :             if (dtype != DTK_DATE)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4933                 :UBC           0 :                 return false;
                               4934                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4935         [ -  + ]:CBC           3 :             if (tm2timestamp(tm, fsec, &tz, &timestamp) != 0)
                               4936                 :                :             {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4937                 :UBC           0 :                 GUC_check_errdetail("timestamp out of range: \"%s\"", str);
                               4938                 :              0 :                 return false;
                               4939                 :                :             }
                               4940                 :                :         }
                               4941                 :                :     }
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4942                 :CBC         933 :     return true;
                               4943                 :                : }
                               4944                 :                : 
                               4945                 :                : /*
                               4946                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target_time
                               4947                 :                :  */
                               4948                 :                : void
                               4949                 :            933 : assign_recovery_target_time(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               4950                 :                : {
                               4951         [ +  + ]:            933 :     if (recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
                               4952         [ +  - ]:              1 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME)
                               4953                 :              1 :         error_multiple_recovery_targets();
                               4954                 :                : 
                               4955   [ +  -  +  + ]:            932 :     if (newval && strcmp(newval, "") != 0)
                               4956                 :              2 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME;
                               4957                 :                :     else
                               4958                 :            930 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                               4959                 :            932 : }
                               4960                 :                : 
                               4961                 :                : /*
                               4962                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target_timeline
                               4963                 :                :  */
                               4964                 :                : bool
                               4965                 :            931 : check_recovery_target_timeline(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               4966                 :                : {
                               4967                 :                :     RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal rttg;
                               4968                 :                :     RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal *myextra;
                               4969                 :                : 
                               4970         [ -  + ]:            931 :     if (strcmp(*newval, "current") == 0)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4971                 :UBC           0 :         rttg = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_CONTROLFILE;
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4972         [ +  - ]:CBC         931 :     else if (strcmp(*newval, "latest") == 0)
                               4973                 :            931 :         rttg = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST;
                               4974                 :                :     else
                               4975                 :                :     {
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4976                 :UBC           0 :         rttg = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_NUMERIC;
                               4977                 :                : 
                               4978                 :              0 :         errno = 0;
                               4979                 :              0 :         strtoul(*newval, NULL, 0);
                               4980   [ #  #  #  # ]:              0 :         if (errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
                               4981                 :                :         {
                               4982                 :              0 :             GUC_check_errdetail("recovery_target_timeline is not a valid number.");
                               4983                 :              0 :             return false;
                               4984                 :                :         }
                               4985                 :                :     }
                               4986                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4987                 :CBC         931 :     myextra = (RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sizeof(RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal));
                               4988                 :            931 :     *myextra = rttg;
                               4989                 :            931 :     *extra = (void *) myextra;
                               4990                 :                : 
                               4991                 :            931 :     return true;
                               4992                 :                : }
                               4993                 :                : 
                               4994                 :                : /*
                               4995                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target_timeline
                               4996                 :                :  */
                               4997                 :                : void
                               4998                 :            931 : assign_recovery_target_timeline(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               4999                 :                : {
                               5000                 :            931 :     recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal = *((RecoveryTargetTimeLineGoal *) extra);
                               5001         [ -  + ]:            931 :     if (recoveryTargetTimeLineGoal == RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_NUMERIC)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5002                 :UBC           0 :         recoveryTargetTLIRequested = (TimeLineID) strtoul(newval, NULL, 0);
                               5003                 :                :     else
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5004                 :CBC         931 :         recoveryTargetTLIRequested = 0;
                               5005                 :            931 : }
                               5006                 :                : 
                               5007                 :                : /*
                               5008                 :                :  * GUC check_hook for recovery_target_xid
                               5009                 :                :  */
                               5010                 :                : bool
                               5011                 :            931 : check_recovery_target_xid(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
                               5012                 :                : {
                               5013         [ +  + ]:            931 :     if (strcmp(*newval, "") != 0)
                               5014                 :                :     {
                               5015                 :                :         TransactionId xid;
                               5016                 :                :         TransactionId *myextra;
                               5017                 :                : 
                               5018                 :              1 :         errno = 0;
                               5019                 :              1 :         xid = (TransactionId) strtou64(*newval, NULL, 0);
                               5020   [ +  -  -  + ]:              1 :         if (errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5021                 :UBC           0 :             return false;
                               5022                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5023                 :CBC           1 :         myextra = (TransactionId *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sizeof(TransactionId));
                               5024                 :              1 :         *myextra = xid;
                               5025                 :              1 :         *extra = (void *) myextra;
                               5026                 :                :     }
                               5027                 :            931 :     return true;
                               5028                 :                : }
                               5029                 :                : 
                               5030                 :                : /*
                               5031                 :                :  * GUC assign_hook for recovery_target_xid
                               5032                 :                :  */
                               5033                 :                : void
                               5034                 :            931 : assign_recovery_target_xid(const char *newval, void *extra)
                               5035                 :                : {
                               5036         [ -  + ]:            931 :     if (recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET &&
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5037         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         recoveryTarget != RECOVERY_TARGET_XID)
                               5038                 :              0 :         error_multiple_recovery_targets();
                               5039                 :                : 
  579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5040   [ +  -  +  + ]:CBC         931 :     if (newval && strcmp(newval, "") != 0)
                               5041                 :                :     {
                               5042                 :              1 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_XID;
                               5043                 :              1 :         recoveryTargetXid = *((TransactionId *) extra);
                               5044                 :                :     }
                               5045                 :                :     else
                               5046                 :            930 :         recoveryTarget = RECOVERY_TARGET_UNSET;
                               5047                 :            931 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.1-beta2-3-g6141622